Upload
debora-oliveira
View
221
Download
0
Embed Size (px)
Citation preview
8/16/2019 Thesis Historiographic Fiction
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-historiographic-fiction 1/192
1
Writing About Risky Relatives and What might Have Been
The Craft of Historiographic Metafiction
PhD Thesis - Volume 1
Exegesis
Tim Milfull
Creative Writing and Cultural Studies Discipline
Creative Industries Faculty
Queensland University of Technology
Submitted in full requirements for the degree of Doctor of Philosophy 2012
8/16/2019 Thesis Historiographic Fiction
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-historiographic-fiction 2/192
2
Keywords
!"#$%&"'() +"'$"%,- ."#$%&"%/&(0.1- 2340)"'"$ 5 "60)"'"$7 ."#$%&"%/&(0."' 63$(+"'$"%,-&3'%,$34$8()"#($"%,- )"$3&(&1 #$89"3#- :8#$&()"(, )"$3&($8&3- $&8$. ", +"'$"%,- 8,&3)"(;)3
,(&&($%&- /3,3()%/"'() &3)($"%,#."0- ,(&&($%&"() #$89"3#- ,(&&($%&"() 6(,"08)($"%,- <%"'3-0%",$ %+ <"3=- +%'()"#($"%,- 0&('$"'3>;(#39 &3#3(&'.- '&3($"<3 =&"$",/?
8/16/2019 Thesis Historiographic Fiction
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-historiographic-fiction 3/192
3
Abstract
This practice-based research project consists of a 33,000-word novella, “Folly”, and a
50,000-word exegesis that examines the principles of historiographic metafiction (HMF), the
recontextualisation of historical figures and scenarios, and other narratological concepts that
inform my creative practice. As an emerging sub-genre of historical fiction, HMF is one
aspect of a national and international discourse about historical fiction in the fields of
literature, history, and politics. Leading theorists discussed below include Linda Hutcheon
and Ansgar Nünning, along with the recent critically-acclaimed work of contemporary
Australian writers, Richard Flanagan, Kate Grenville, and Louis Nowra. “Folly” traces a
number of periods in the lives of fictional versions of the researcher and his eighteenth-
century Irish relative, and experiments with concepts of historiographic metafiction, the
recontextualisation of historical figures and scenarios, and the act of narratorial manipulation,
specifically focalisation, voice, and point of view. The key findings of this research include:
identifying the principles and ideas that support writing work of historiographic metafiction;
a determination as to the value of recontextualisation of historical figures and scenarios, and
narratorial manipulation, in the writing of historiographic metafiction; an account of the
challenges facing an emerging writer of historiographic metafiction, and their resulting
solutions (where these could be established); and, finally, some possible directions for future
research.
8/16/2019 Thesis Historiographic Fiction
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-historiographic-fiction 4/192
4
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Keywords """"""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""" #
Abstract """""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""" $
Statement of Authorship """""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""" %
Acknowledgements """""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""" &
Chapter 1: Introduction """"""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""" '
Research Questions ???????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????? @A
Research Outputs ???????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????? @@
Chapter 2: Research Framework & Methodology """""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""" ##
Chapter 3: Literature Review """""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""" $(
Section 1: The Knowing of History in Fiction ????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????? BB
Section 2: Writing about Real People ?????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????? BC
Section 3: Finding the Right Voice ?????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????? D@
Chapter 4: Textual Analysis """"""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""" %#
Section 1: Does Historiographic Metafiction just Deal with the Big Issues? ???????????????????? EB
Section 2: Recontextualising Reality and Its Characters ??????????????????????????????????????????????????????????? FC
Section 3: Telling Stories in Character ????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????? @AC
Chapter 5: Reflexive Practice """"""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""" (#'
Section 1: The Three Faces of Thomas Whaley ??????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????? @GC
Section 2: The Unpredictable Nature of Archival Research ????????????????????????????????????????????????? @BC
Section 3: The Reflexive Practitioner ??????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????? @HG
Section 4: The Creative Practitioner as Scholar ???????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????? @HI
Chapter 6: Conclusions """""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""" ()$
Appendix A – Images related to the story of Thomas Whaley """""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""" (%*
Appendix B – Edward Sullivan’s Preface to Tom Whaley’s Memoirs """"""""""""""""""""""""""" (%#
Bibliography """"""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""" (&+
8/16/2019 Thesis Historiographic Fiction
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-historiographic-fiction 5/192
5
Figure 1 – Locations of Thomas Whaley's houses in southern France ??????????????????????????????????????????? GI
Figure 2 – Narrative Structures in “Folly” ???????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????? @BD
J"/8&3 B K L(/3 +&%6 M8))"<(,N# 39"$39 <3&#"%, %+ O.()31N# 636%"&# ?????????????????????????????????? @HA
J"/8&3 H K P"63)",3 %+ O.()31N# Q"+3 2@IEE>@FAA7 ???????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????? @HB
J"/8&3 D > O.()31N# 6(,#"%, %, P.3 R#)3 %+ S(, ???????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????? @EA
Figure 6 – Whaley's mansion as a hotel after his death in 1850 ????????????????????????????????????????????????????? @EA
Figure 7 – Fort Anne Hotel, built as a replica of the original mansion ???????????????????????????????????????? @EA
Figure 8 – Whaley's Ancestral Home - No. 86, Stephen's Green, Dublin ?????????????????????????????????? @E@
Figure 9 – Mrs Courtney Whaley (died 1797/99) ??????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????? @E@
8/16/2019 Thesis Historiographic Fiction
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-historiographic-fiction 6/192
6
Statement of Authorship
P.3 =%&T '%,$(",39 ", $."# $.3#"# .(# ,%$ ;33, 0&3<"%8#)1 #8;6"$$39 $% 633$
&3U8"&363,$# +%& (, (=(&9 ($ $."# %& (,1 %$.3& ."/.3& 398'($"%, ",#$"$8$"%,? P% $.3 ;3#$
%+ 61 T,%=)39/3 (,9 ;3)"3+- $.3 $.3#"# '%,$(",# ,% 6($3&"() 0&3<"%8#)1 08;)"#.39 %&
=&"$$3, ;1 (,%$.3& 03&#%, 34'30$ =.3&3 983 &3+3&3,'3 "# 6(93?
,-./01234
5014
8/16/2019 Thesis Historiographic Fiction
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-historiographic-fiction 7/192
7
Acknowledgements
This research could not have been completed without the kind support of the following:
Kiki Fung, my Supervisors – Dr Susan Carson & Dr Kari Gislason, my Final Seminar Panel
Chair, and panel members, Dr Lesley Hawkes & Dr Clare Archer-Lean, Professor BradHaseman, Professor Greg Hearn, Jenny Mayes, Kate Simmonds, Julie Gallant, Jessica Hicks,
Britta Froehling, Adjunct Professor Helen Yeates, Professor Sharyn Pearce, Dr Vivienne
Muller, Dr Jean Burgess, Dr Donna Hancox, Dr Jaz Choi, Eli Koger, the management, staff,
and clientele of Dancing Bean Kelvin Grove, Carmen Keates, my colleagues in L221 and
L222 and all of my peers at QUT, Toni Bartlett and Ross Watson, Richard Flanagan, Sal
Battaglia and Carolyn Stubbin, Claire-Louise and Doug Perrers, my parents, Kathy Webb,Geoff Gibbon, Laurie Scott, and Jack Bauer.
8/16/2019 Thesis Historiographic Fiction
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-historiographic-fiction 8/192
8
Whatever I have seen and observed I shall faithfully detail, without presuming orattempting to misguide the reader; claiming, as a reward of my sincerity, thatindulgence which candour and impartiality are always sure to obtain.
Should but one young man learn from these sheets some useful lesson, and stop in
the career of folly and dissipation; or one of my indulgent friends be induced to
believe that my extraordinary levities proceeded, not from a corrupted heart, but
an eccentric and exalted imagination and ridiculous pretensions to notoriety, I
shall think myself amply repaid for having attempted this publication.
Thomas Whaley, Buck Whaley’s Memoirs
8/16/2019 Thesis Historiographic Fiction
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-historiographic-fiction 9/192
9
Chapter 1: Introduction
My discovery a few years ago of the memoirs of eighteenth-century Irish dandy,
Thomas Whaley, offered some interesting possibilities in terms of writing a historical novel.
This hard-cover 360-page version was edited and published by Edward Sullivan in 1906 after
he stumbled across the volume in an auction:
P.3 =%&T "# ", ()) )"T3)".%%9 ", $.3 .(,9=&"$",/ %+ (, (6(,83,#"#- ;3",/ =&"$$3,$.&%8/.%8$ ", '%003&>0)($3 %+ (, 34$&363)1 ')3(& (,9 &3(9(;)3 $103V (,9 $.3
=.%)3 "# ", (, 34'3))3,$ #$($3 %+ 0&3#3&<($"%,? P.3 '%,$3,$# (&3- .%=3<3&- ", (
#3,#3 =&"$$3, (,%,16%8#)1- $.3 )3$$3&39 $"$)3 %, $.3 ;('T# %+ $.3 ;%8,9 <%)863#
;3",/ 63&3)1 WP&(<3)# ;1 P? O?-W =.")3 %, $.3 =&"$$3, $"$)3>0(/3 ="$.", $.3 (8$.%&93#'&";3# ."6#3)+ ;1 ","$"()# %,)1- (,9 ", $.3 ;%91 %+ $.3 =%&T $.3 "93,$"$1 %+ $.30&",'"0() 03&#%,# 63,$"%,39 "# #%8/.$ $% ;3 '%,'3()39 ", ( )"T3 =(1?
(Whaley 1906, v)
Sullivan’s edited version of the memoirs is now available online, while the folio-
sized, leather-bound originals were stolen from the Library of London sometime before 2006.
The memoirs revealed that Whaley was immensely wealthy and incorrigibly daring. He
travelled throughout Europe and the Middle East, mixed with the rich, the famous, and the
notorious, and continuously sought thrills in dangerous situations and exotic climes. Little is
known publicly of his exploits, and the further I explored his life, the more enticing mysteries
and tantalising gaps I found in the historical record. Even in the final days of my research I
was discovering dramatic new truths about Whaley that had me reconsidering the directions
of my writing.
Here was a perfect life to be written about, but with a further complicating factor: he
and I are related—two branches on the same family tree. As I explored Whaley’s life, I began
to see some parallels between our lives, and noticed that we dealt in different ways with the
challenges that we encountered. After initially considering an exploration of these parallels
and differences in fictional form, I realised that conventional historical fiction could never
8/16/2019 Thesis Historiographic Fiction
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-historiographic-fiction 10/192
10
quite achieve what I was aiming for, in that the genre tends to prioritise exposition and
mimesis. While the latter play an important role in historical fiction, I wanted to use my
writing to explore the motivation and character of the historical protagonist and several
historical inconsistencies and ambiguities apparent in Sullivan’s edited version of the
memoirs.
In the genre of historiographic metafiction —a term first coined by Linda Hutcheon
(1988, 112-123)—I found an alternate narratological framework to shape my novel, a
narrative form that has evolved from historical fiction, and can offer a self-reflexive, and in
some ways, unpredictable medium. Historiographic metafiction is not so much about
historical characters and events, as it is about recontextualising the past from the perspective
of the present. As Ansgar Nünning (2004, 353) defines the term, historiographic metafiction
can range from the explicit —where an overt form of metafiction challenges the “hegemonic
discourse of history”—to the implicit —where the text offers multiple voices and points of
view, and exploits the “partiality, contradictoriness, unreliability, and questionable
authenticity of historical sources and documents”. Such exploitation, in relation to the
accountability of authors of fiction, has been discussed in the following ways: Richard Walsh
(2003, 111) argues that fictionality is not simply “the negative foil for nonfictional narrative’s
claim to referential authority […]; it is a concept that articulates the positive cultural role
nonfiction must renounce in making such referential claims, and which fiction plays by virtue
of its fictional status.” Further, Walsh (ibid.) notes that rather than continuing to regard
fiction as narrative that unfolds through the abeyance of certain rules of reference,
nonfictional narrative should be seen to act under constraints that connote elements like
historicity and objectivity in order to maintain a rhetoric of veracity.
Research Questions
8/16/2019 Thesis Historiographic Fiction
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-historiographic-fiction 11/192
11
This thesis explores the following key research question and sub-questions in seeking
a methodology for writing historiographic metafiction:
Historiographic metafiction as a sub-genre in the Australian literary landscapeis increasingly discussed. Until now, the discourses have been within either a
creative or scholarly context, but not both. In a research model that involves
creative, scholarly, and theoretical perspectives, what principles and ideas
support historiographic metafiction?
a. At an authorial level, how does recontextualisation of historical figures
and scenarios impact upon the process of writing historiographicmetafiction?
b. What aspects of narratorial manipulation are most effective in writing
historiographic metafiction?
This thesis seeks to answer these questions by exploring the theoretical backgrounds
of these concepts, conducting close textual analysis of critically acclaimed Australian
examples of historiographic metafiction, and applying the outcomes of this research in an
experimental application of the historiographic metafiction process inspired by my
genealogical relationship with Thomas Whaley.
Research Outputs
In his 2007 Southerly article, Australian Literature-International Contexts, Robert
Dixon discusses perceptions of Australian literature at home and abroad, and how its authors
react to the way their work is managed and consumed:
Contemporary writers like David Malouf, Peter Carey, Les A. Murray and Robert
Dessaix have major reputations overseas, where they are often read very differently
from the way they are read here. Australian writers and Australian literature have
never been confined to the boundaries of the nation. Literary influences and
intellectual formations, and the business of editing, publishing, translation, reception
and reputation-making, take place both within and beyond the nation. Understanding
this uses the infrastructure that has been developed over the generations of Australian
literary scholarship, but it takes some new turns and trajectories.
(2007, 20)
8/16/2019 Thesis Historiographic Fiction
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-historiographic-fiction 12/192
12
Alongside, and perhaps because of, a debate between the academic community or
historians and historiographers, and the literary community of writers of historical fiction,
these and other Australian authors have become wary of the ways their writing is perceived,
and recognise that they need to engage in ever more innovative experiments into the genre.
Writers also need to heed the current political and academic environment as they write and
promote their work, and continue to be sensitive to what Tony Ballantyne (2005, 23) has
identified as “[t]he complex interplays between different layers of analysis: the local, the
regional, the inter-regional, the national, the continental, and the global,” in terms of
negotiating cross-cultural engagement.
Several writers have conducted such experiments in form and content by writing
historiographic metafiction, a relatively new sub-genre of historical fiction. To date, while I
have identified examples of the sub-genre, I have not found any Australian writers actively
using the theoretical underpinnings of historiographic metafiction to inform their practice. I
seek to make a contribution to knowledge by applying my research into this sub-genre and
two of its contributing techniques in a practical experiment in creative writing. My analysis
of work by contemporary Australian authors identifies the techniques these authors use to
recontextualise historical figures and scenarios, with a view to comparing and contrasting
these techniques with those that I use in writing my own genealogically-inspired
historiographic metafiction. Despite Nünning’s detailed categorisation of HMF, I have
established that its use in a genealogical context has not yet been identified or analysed—my
analysis of Kate Grenville’s own experiences writing a genealogically-inspired work of HMF
serves to inform and influence my own creative practice. My contribution to knowledge is the
application of historiographic metafiction to creative practice in order to investigate new
ideas within a critical and creative space in Australian writing. In researching and
documenting the process of writing a work of historiographic metafiction, my scholarly,
8/16/2019 Thesis Historiographic Fiction
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-historiographic-fiction 13/192
13
creative, and theoretical outcomes expand the discussion of contemporary Australian fiction,
and contribute to knowledge about the process of creative writing. By rewriting, or
recontextualising what may or may not have happened in the lives of my historical
protagonist and myself, my writing searches for the personal through the historical. This
intimate search for Thomas Whaley becomes a work of implicit historiographic metafiction; I
am avoiding the grand hegemonic narratives of history to focus on personal narratives. As
Cora Kaplan (2007, 66) notes in her analysis of David Lodge’s Author, Author and Colm
Tóibín’s The Master , in writing biographical fiction, like historical fiction—and by extension
to my own research into historiographic metafiction—it is difficult, if not impossible to avoid
what Henry James described as the ‘single false note’ in seeking a verisimilitude with the
historical record. Kaplan argues that contemporary novelists and writers of biographical
fiction are “much less invested in a strict adherence to social or psychological realism”. My
aim in writing a work of historiographic metafiction is not to achieve the kind of
verisimilitude with the historical record of Thomas Whaley’s life that might be approached in
a historical biography; rather, I am using this sub-genre of historical fiction to examine the
gaps in Whaley’s historical narrative in the hopes of gaining a closer personal connection to
my relative.
In Nünning’s model of HMF, “Folly” sits somewhere towards the implicit end of the
spectrum, in that its narratives eschew these “grand hegemonic narratives, in favour of
offering multiple perspectives and texts” and draw “attention to the distorting effects of
selecting sources”, to the historiographer’s problems of flimsy sources, and the partiality,
contradictoriness, unreliability, and questionable authenticity of historical sources and
documents” (Nünning 2004, 365). My novel can never be seen just as an act of historical
mimesis; rather, this act of “subjective, retrospective construction” explores and hypothesises
about the life of another. In the context of this project, the outcome delivers an assessment of
8/16/2019 Thesis Historiographic Fiction
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-historiographic-fiction 14/192
14
the problems and solutions involved in writing a work of historiographic metafiction. The key
findings of this research include: identifying the principles and ideas that support writing a
work of historiographic metafiction; a determination as to the value of recontextualisation of
historical figures and scenarios, and narratorial manipulation in the writing of historiographic
metafiction; an account of the challenges facing an emerging writer of historiographic
metafiction, and their resulting solutions (where these could be established), and finally, a
reflection on the impact of my creative practice upon my understanding of its supporting
theories.
*
The methodology for this project uses a qualitative research framework and an
interpretivist ideology, which aims to understand the world through interpretation. I am
searching through interpretation and a creative response for some understanding of the
actions and motivation of my protagonist. My interpretive paradigm also involves the
concepts of tacit knowledge and material thinking , where the practice is influenced by the
materials involved, which in turn influence the practitioner’s understanding and
comprehension of their process. This project uses a number of methods, including extensive
archival research, textual analysis, and reflexive practice. The first step of my creative
practice is to conduct extensive archival research to examine the lives of my historical
protagonist and his contemporaries. I then use textual analysis to break down the memoirs of
my historical protagonist in order to determine the most appropriate scenarios for use in my
novel. I continue this analysis while examining the work of contemporary Australian writers
of historiographic metafiction to identify the choices and techniques used by these writers to
construct their narratives. Finally, I compare and contrast their writing choices with those I
8/16/2019 Thesis Historiographic Fiction
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-historiographic-fiction 15/192
15
have made in my own creative practice, and reflect on the influence of this practice on its
supporting theoretical positions.
My Literature Review examines the origins of the concepts and techniques associated
with historiographic metafiction, the recontextualisation of historical and contemporary
nonfiction characters, and selected aspects of narratorial manipulation —in particular:
focalisation, point of view, and voice. The latter techniques associated with my research sub-
questions have a direct, combined impact upon the creation of historiographic metafiction. In
the context of using various narrative techniques to construct narrative, the crucial
combination of recontextualising historical figures or scenarios with narratorial manipulation
will produce historical fiction. Unless the author is using the implicit intertextuality of wider
cultural discourses to question historical fact—see my analysis of Kate Grenville’s work
below—historiographic metafiction will only result after the introduction of an overt
metafictive component.
My rationale for my theoretical and practical research is outlined below. Throughout
the Literature Review, I refer to the implications of these concepts and techniques upon my
creative practice. In the context of contemporary Australian historiographic metafiction, I
have selected a number of critically acclaimed novels for analysis in order to situate myself
as an emerging writer of this genre in order to provide a checkpoint for my experimentation.
In Chapter 4, I analyse these novels by three critically-acclaimed Australian authors who
have engaged in the practice of writing historiographic metafiction, and have offered
feedback on their creative process—Kate Grenville’s The Secret River (2006), Richard
Flanagan’s Gould’s Book of Fish (2002) and Wanting (2008), and Louis Nowra’s Ice (2009).
I contrast these works with analysis of my own creative practice, to understand contemporary
patterns of historiographic metafiction, and to place myself as a writer of this sub-genre in an
8/16/2019 Thesis Historiographic Fiction
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-historiographic-fiction 16/192
16
Australian context. I then discuss my creative practice, and conclude with a summary of my
research outcomes.
My investigation of the sub-genre of historiographic metafiction, focuses on the
relationship between the writing of history— historiography —the writing of historical fiction,
and its evolution or postmodern transition into HMF. My novel began as an exploration of
intergenerational mores, and metamorphosed into a search for understanding of my self
through the exploration the self in the context of the role of a creative writer. Starting with a
flawed secondary source that had been tainted by Victorian manners—the primary source of
Whaley’s original memoirs has disappeared—and drawing from a sparsely documented and
sometimes unreliable historical record, I conjure a number of interpretations of Whaley’s
motives. The resulting intertwining narratives forming my novel could never be regarded as a
work of historiography; in fact, they only thinly resemble a work of historical fiction in that
my novel’s action, whether historical or contemporary, is filtered through several narrative
viewpoints that render their action closer to informed speculation or conjecture than historical
fiction. By using elements of my own journey as an author through the use of the metafictive
techniques of historiographic metafiction, I add a contemporary context to the memoirs and
historical elements of Thomas Whaley’s life. These include gathering and synthesising the
detailed historical research undertaken, charting the life of my protagonist, and crafting a
contemporary protagonist who gains insight into the motivations and behaviour of a historical
protagonist. Like Kate Grenville and Richard Flanagan, I push and provoke conventional
historical fiction into the realm of historiographic metafiction by using the self-conscious
manipulation of the historical record to explore my protagonists’ sense of self, rather than
simply offering a representation of the past. In his analysis of Henry James as a fictional
character in the works of contemporary authors, J.R. Perkins (2010, 118) asks whether a
novelist should be constrained by the historical record, and at what point “the ‘imaginative
8/16/2019 Thesis Historiographic Fiction
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-historiographic-fiction 17/192
17
exploration’ reaches a point that is ethically illegitimate such that the work no longer resides
within the bounds of historical fiction. Like the authors of biographical fiction that Kaplan
(2007, 66) has identified as “much less invested” in historical, social, or psychological
realism, I have realised that as an author of historiographic metafiction rather than strict
biography, I am accountable not to my family—in my capacity as a relative of Thomas
Whaley—or to Whaley, but to those readers prepared to explore a fictional narrative that is
unbound by the constraints of nonfiction.
In Narcissistic Narrative: The Metafiction Paradox, Linda Hutcheon asserts that
society will only ever understand history through “its traces, its relics”; historical reference in
fiction can only be negotiated on the understanding that “ fact is discourse-defined, while an
event is not” (1996, 119). Through historiographic metafiction, writers can negotiate and
recontextualise a new vision of a former discourse or a series of events. In exploring the
potential of historiographic metafiction as a narratological framework, I play “on the truth
and lies of the historical record” (ibid., 114); by blurring the ontological boundaries of
history, I seek to challenge the readers’ perception of received history.
If the four published novels under analysis were placed within a spectrum that ran
from Nünning’s implicit to explicit historiographic metafiction, Grenville’s The Secret River
would sit comfortably at the explicit end of the scale, with its overt message of searching for
contemporary understanding of a national issue by trying to establish an empathic position
through her protagonist, William Thornhill, Grenville’s thinly disguised ancestor. While she
does not use overt metafictive techniques in her writing, the implicit intertextuality of the
themes that Grenville addresses in The Secret River represent a metafictive contribution to a
wider national discourse about colonisation. Richard Flanagan’s Wanting and Gould’s Book
of Fish, while addressing similar social issues, takes a more covert approach in constructing
their characters and manipulating them in a narrative context. As such, both novels could be
8/16/2019 Thesis Historiographic Fiction
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-historiographic-fiction 18/192
18
placed at the opposite, implicit end of the spectrum to Grenville’s novel. While his colleagues
sit at either end of the scale, in his novel, Ice, Louis Nowra hovers somewhere in the middle
of the spectrum, with his subjective manipulation of character and plot neither overt nor
covert in its classification as historiographic metafiction. My novel, with its personal and
intimate examination of the motivations and actions of the historical and contemporary
protagonists would sit somewhere between those of Nowra and Flanagan.
The first research sub-question addresses a subjective issue, in that my personal
position influences the use of nonfictional characters and scenarios within a work of
historiographic metafiction. To portray these elements in what I perceive as a responsible and
narratively effective manner, I have to establish and abide by a set of guidelines. Therefore,
in these sections of the Literature Review (Writing about Real People) and in Chapter 4,
Textual Analyses ( Recontextualising Reality and Its Characters), I focus on the technique of
recontextualising historical figures and scenarios, and the ways I address the challenges
faced when incorporating these characters and their situations into the historical and
contemporary narratives of my novel. I examine the process of choosing and
recontextualising these characters, and other entirely fictional characters and situations that
compel the narratives forward. I also investigate the evolution of autobiographical and
memoir writing and use these findings to inform the writing of my own fictional life story,
and my recontextualisation of Whaley’s life and memoirs. In my analyses, I draw on the
work of a number of contemporary Australian authors, specifically addressing their position
in the Australian “history wars” fought between historians and authors in the 2010s.
In The Secret River —and the reflexive memoir based upon the writing of this novel,
Searching for the Secret River —Kate Grenville seeks to connect with her ancestor, and then
fictionalises his life in order to explore the personal and societal implications of colonisation.
Unlike Grenville’s exploration of postcolonial Australian socio-political conditions through
8/16/2019 Thesis Historiographic Fiction
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-historiographic-fiction 19/192
19
her ancestor, my research emerges out of the influence of my genealogical relationship and
remains focused upon this relationship, rather than move into exploration at a societal level.
Like Grenville’s recontextualisation of history, Richard Flanagan plays with historical fact in
his novel, Gould’s Book of Fish, to tell a layered, multi-textual story that explores
contemporary connections and relationships with historically traumatic events. The novel
approaches historical fact at a number of levels, using “facts” from traditional Western
historiographic sources, and blending them in “great, circular” fictional narratives (Pons
2005, 69) that resemble Indigenous aural storytelling, and searches for an understanding of
his (and our) place in history. Flanagan takes a similar approach in Wanting , intertwining
nineteenth-century narratives featuring nonfictional characters, and speculating on the
background behind and long-term implications of their life-changing decisions. Finally, in
Ice, Nowra recontextualises the life of a historical nineteenth-century industrialist by filtering
his life through the imagination of a fictional, flawed, amateur biographer who allows a very
specific contemporary agenda to influence his research and writing. I analyse these works to
identify the techniques the authors use to recontextualise historical figures and scenarios, and
to compare and contrast these techniques with those that I use in writing my novella.
The final analytical component of my exegesis charts the evolution of specific
concepts used in the narrative theory school of narratology: focalisation; point of view; and
voice. These are important concepts in almost all narratives, but I focus on these concepts
here because they play an integral role in the narratorial manipulation involved in creating
metafictive narratives. I then apply these concepts in my analysis of the work of Grenville,
Flanagan, Nowra, and then my own writing. The aim of this process is to refine ideas that aid
effective narratorial manipulation, in which the use of multiple voices and points of view
result can result in complex narrative patterns. The challenges and rewards of finding and
8/16/2019 Thesis Historiographic Fiction
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-historiographic-fiction 20/192
20
implementing effective narratorial manipulation result in the most appropriate voices,
registers, and modes of narration necessary to move the narrative forward.
In Chapter 5, I examine my reflexive practice, drawing on the various influences,
actions and reactions involved in engaging in the creative practice of writing a work of
historiographic metafiction. I begin by examining the current landscape of reflexive practice
theory, and the concept of the author as a researcher, with a view to defending the nexus
between the critical and creative aspects of my research. I then use this information to
examine significant turning points—in my archival research, my creative practice, and my
scholarly research —to qualify my reflexive practice in a scholarly context.
Finally, in Chapter 6, I outline the conclusions of my research, and explain the
outcomes and contributions this research makes to the field of creative writing. Within the
context of work by contemporary Australian writers, this thesis examines a number of
techniques that are useful in creating a work of historiographic metafiction that has
genealogical inspiration. I therefore contribute to knowledge about the process of creative
writing, and also to the expansion of the discussion of contemporary Australian fiction.
While my writing incorporates significant historical events, my novella examines the
personal through the historical, and in certain instances rewriting, or recontextualising what
may or may not have happened in the life of my historical protagonist. Thus my novella
becomes a work of what Nünning (2004, 362) terms implicit historiographic metafiction,
eschewing the grand, hegemonic narratives of history, and focusing on the more intimate
forces influencing personal narratives. To paraphrase Nünning, my novella can never be seen
as only an act of mimesis of history; rather, I have engaged in an act of “subjective,
retrospective construction” (Nünning 2004, 368) by examining and hypothesising about the
life of another.
*
8/16/2019 Thesis Historiographic Fiction
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-historiographic-fiction 21/192
21
In the preceding chapter, I introduced the scope of this thesis, my research questions
and sub-questions, and outlined the outputs of this research. I discussed the differences
between historiography and historiographic metafiction in the context of using archival and
other forms of research to create a work of creative writing. I outlined my rationale for the
focus of my literature review on the evolution of historical fiction’s sub-genre of
historiographic metafiction, the recontextualisation of historical figures and scenarios, and
the key role that narratorial manipulation —including the techniques of focalisation, point of
view and voice —plays in creating historiographic metafiction. Finally, I have discussed my
rationale for analysing the novels of Kate Grenville, Richard Flanagan, and Louis Nowra, and
to inform my own creative practice through analysis of their work.
This thesis examines the role that historiographic metafiction plays in writing a
creative work that incorporates historical and contemporary protagonists with a genealogical
relationship. I identify two key processes— recontextualisation of historical figures and
scenarios and narratorial manipulation —that are vital in writing such a creative work. In the
next chapter, I discuss the Research Framework and Methodology that guide and inform my
research, and illustrate these aspects of my research using examples from my theoretical,
scholarly, and creative practice.
8/16/2019 Thesis Historiographic Fiction
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-historiographic-fiction 22/192
22
Chapter 2: Research Framework & Methodology
My thesis—a 33,000-word novella and a 50,000-word exegesis—uses a qualitative
research framework and an interpretivist ideology. As Thomas Schwandt (2001) explains in
his Dictionary of Qualitative Inquiry, this methodology sees researchers aiming to understand
the world through interpretation. Also, in the sense of the concept of praxis as defined by
Brown (1993, 2321)—as “the practice of a technical subject or art [...] arising out of the
theory of it”—I am searching through interpretation and literary analysis for some
understanding of the actions and motivation my protagonist. My interpretive paradigm also
incorporates findings from Barbara Bolt’s article, The Magic is in the Handling (2007, 29-34)
and ideas from Paul Carter’s book, Material Thinking (2004). Bolt and Carter advocate that
creative practice employs a specific form of tacit knowledge (personal knowledge that is not
easily shared), and the process of material thinking (the first-hand accounts of turning ideas
into artworks, and how this thinking can produce new knowledge about ourselves and
society). In their models, creative practice is influenced by the tacit knowledge of the creative
practitioner, and the materials involved in their practice; in turn, both of these concepts
influence the practitioner’s understanding and comprehension of their process. In my case, a
literal example of tacit knowledge is my ability to write creatively—while we can be taught
the tools of language, including vocabulary and grammar, the process of creative writing can
only be honed through practice. A more esoteric example—especially in the instance of
writing the novella “Folly”—is the tacit knowledge I have of my own personality and my
knowledge of lived experience. This is as opposed to my explicit knowledge of the life and
motivations of Thomas Whaley, which has been gained from personal memoirs and other
archival sources.
8/16/2019 Thesis Historiographic Fiction
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-historiographic-fiction 23/192
23
Perhaps another way to frame this style of research is to paraphrase some of Paul
Carter’s findings in his book Ground Truthing: Explorations in a Creative Region (2010),
where he examines the work of Australian artists and poets who have a strong relationship to
a particular landscape. Carter describes one artist’s talent for eliciting eidetic associations as
indicative of a “logic of mere coincidences” that in the context of my own literary research
might transpose into “a creative attitude that allows the [author] to escape the dry appearance
of things to see the sea within them” (ibid., 150). In the most literal sense of “grounded
research”, Carter speaks of artists working from the ground up to find a “way in which it
could provide the ‘tirille’ or hollow of being, in which the content of what has happened and
will happen can be differently configured” (ibid., 151). My own immersion in the “dry” facts
of the historical records could expose a sea of possibilities that exist around Thomas
Whaley’s life.
In the scope of this research my explicit knowledge of my historical protagonist can
only be acquired by becoming a “passionate participant” searching for understanding through
reconstruction (Denzin 2000, 194). I have access to what amounts to a primary source in
Whaley’s writing, flawed though it may be in its unreliable narration by Whaley, and in its
Victorian editing by the similarly unreliable Edward Sullivan (1906, xliv), who censored the
original document in the name of propriety:
R, #%63 &(&3 '(#3# =.3&3 O.()31N# )(,/8(/3 "# #%63=.($ $%% %8$#0%T3,- R .(<3
",9"'($39 %6"##"%,# +&%6 $.3 %&"/",() ;1 (#$3&"#T#?
An example of this occurs in Sullivan’s use of asterisks to replace an aspect of
Whaley’s story that he considered inappropriate:
X%$="$.#$(,9",/ $.3 34'3##"<3 .3($ %+ $.3 (0(&$63,$- ( P8&T =")) (68#3 ."6#3)+
;1 #"$$",/ .3&3 +%& (, .%8& ($ ( $"63- $")) 3<3&1 0%&3 "# %03,? !3 $.3, '())# ", ."#
#)(<3#- =.% ()$3&,($3)1 &8; ."6 ="$. $.3"& .(,9# (,9 08)) ."# Y%",$# $")) .3 $.",T#$.36 #8++"'"3,$)1 #800)3V =.3,- (+$3& 03&+86",/ ."# ;3(&9 ="$. $.3 6%#$ '%#$)1
3##3,'3#- .3 &3$"&3# ",$% ."# !"#"$ $% +","#. $.3 9(1 Z Z Z Z 2";"9?- FA7
8/16/2019 Thesis Historiographic Fiction
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-historiographic-fiction 24/192
24
I break down this memoir into smaller individual segments in an effort to find the
most effective scenes to be adapted into a fictional form, identify the more attractive or
intriguing elisions made by Whaley and Edward Sullivan (the twentieth-century editor of his
memoirs), and then search for some understanding of Whaley and his lifestyle through
creating a fictional version of him. In this way, I can explore the potential of where and how
these scenes may fit into my final creative work. This methodology allows me to adopt a
strategic and disciplined approach to the topic.
In The Sage Dictionary of Qualitative Inquiry, Thomas Schwandt (2007, 244) defines
praxis as the realisation or comprehension that occurs within a vulnerable relationship that
one is seeking to understand. When a practitioner surrenders to a continually risk-laden
scenario, praxis involves situated reflection to obtain comprehension of their situation. This
research project involves more than creative practice, particularly in uncovering the past of
my historical protagonist and in my search for enlightenment about his motivations and
actions, and in appropriating elements of my own lived experience. Thus, the praxis of this
research project involved a number of unknowns and other risks that could only be addressed
using certain methods, and in the context of certain theoretical concepts. In fact, in the
process of researching these theoretical concepts, analysing their application in the work of
contemporary authors, and then using these findings in researching and writing my own
creative practice, I have come to a more comprehensive understanding of historiographic
metafiction and the potential it has for exciting and innovative storytelling.
Jack Whitehead and Jean McNiff (2006), in their “Living Theory” approach to action
research, argue that practitioners are in a constant process of asking whether their work can
be improved. By maintaining reflection cycles, implementing an action plan, and constantly
modifying my project in reaction to evaluation, I am able to refine diverse subject matter.
8/16/2019 Thesis Historiographic Fiction
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-historiographic-fiction 25/192
25
This practice of double-loop learning —first identified by Chris Argylis and Donald Schon in
Theory in Practice: Increasing Professional Effectiveness (1974)—sees reflexive practice
reinforced and complemented with feedback and critique.
In my research and writing, I apply the essence of Brad Haseman’s concept of
redactive creativity (in Hartley 2005, 165), seeking to take information from a diverse range
of sources and synthesise them into a particular form. The methods of sourcing and using this
material have included geographical and temporal mapping (see Appendix), a process
involving identification, vetting and selection of appropriate anecdotes and narrative gaps in
the memoir, textual analysis, archival research, reflexive practice, and industry mentoring.
The final creative work amounts to multi-layered, spatiotemporal maps overlaid on a number
of intertwined narratives influenced by historical memoir and lived experience.
At a more detailed level, I have found that the smallest ideas and influences are vital
in terms of contributing to the creative process. In the now familiar rhizome analogy used in
their book, A Thousand Plateaus: Capitalism and Schizophrenia, Gilles Deleuze and Felix
Guattari (1987, 21) suggest that rather than a system taking on hierarchical forms or pre-
destined paths, the formation of an artwork is the result of an “a centred, non-hierarchical,
nonsignifying system … without an organizing memory”. This kind of system is evident in
the process of creative writing, where, while ideas can spring from one to the next with no
logical inter-connection with others, they can generate further ideas that often demonstrate
intertextuality. This random and often extremely frustrating rhizomic structure—the result of
a coalescence of a wide variety of research into the diverse areas of historical record, archival
material and theories of narratology—most accurately represents my plotting of ideas,
narrative structure, dialogue and problem-solving involved in my writing. This ever-
expanding stimulus for examination and introspection is crucial to Paul Carter’s writing in
Ground Truthing , where he notes that the region under examination only “grows larger, the
8/16/2019 Thesis Historiographic Fiction
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-historiographic-fiction 26/192
26
more intently you examine its interstitial spaces” (2010, 167), and further opens the
possibilities for creative growth and opportunity; in the case of “Folly”, the more I explored
the life of Thomas Whaley, the more intriguing elisions and ambiguity emerged, particularly
when instances like his imprisonment in Bridewell Gaol or the outcome of a dramatic duel
become overwhelmed with some of the more quotidian aspects of his life. This process
significantly influenced my creative practice, as occasions frequently arose where I was
challenged to reassess my understanding of my historical protagonist, and redefine my
perceptions of the potential for the techniques involved in writing historiographic metafiction
to contribute to exciting and engaging narratives.
A small example of situating a character in their space involved my experimentation
with the first introduction of my historical protagonist. In the first draft, I used a detached,
impersonal narrative voice and what I considered reasonable reactions on the protagonist’s
part to his recent relocation to a new region in Europe:
The buck pauses in his tour of the parade and walks to the wall overlooking the
valley. Granted, he is taking some liberty referring to himself as “the buck”–fully two
years will pass before he can call on his birthright and claim his place at the table inthe Dublin Hellfire Club. But the events of the past few months surely have earned
him the title, at least in the eyes of the Captain, who has remarked more than once that
the buck’s adventures compare well with his own, even at half his age. A trickle of
sweat runs down the inside of his thigh, breaking his thoughts. He wonders whether
he will ever become comfortable with the lunacy of French fashion, even as he admits
that he does look quite fine in breeches, blouses, brocades, and the remarkable
discomfort of these buckled contraptions masquerading as shoes.
(Milfull 2010)
After a process of reflexive practice involving further research, I completed a final
draft of the paragraph:
Tom leaned against the stone wall and looked out over the valley. The gentlest of
breezes took the edge off the midsummer sun. On the horizon, the Pyrenees clawed at
the sky, even in this heat managing to guard their snow-capped peaks. Beyond the
mountains in the north was the town of Auch; behind him in the distance, another
small village: Tarbes. A little further up the hill to his right was the small chateau
owned by his host, the Count: Henri. By Monday, Tom’s houses at Cauteret,
Bagnères, and Tarbes would be stocked, staffed, and ready for play. Until then, he
8/16/2019 Thesis Historiographic Fiction
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-historiographic-fiction 27/192
27
was at the disposal of Henri; for better or worse. A trickle of sweat ran down the
inside of his thigh, and Tom squirmed ever so slightly.
(“Folly” 2011, 39)
Three issues were considered in the transition from the first to final drafts: voice;
point of view; and historical anachronism. An example of the wide variety of research
required can be seen later in the chapter introduced by the paragraph above, where I tell the
story of the first meeting between my historical protagonist and his first love. From Whaley’s
memoirs, I knew the names and locations of the towns where he maintained his three houses
in southern France (Figure 1), but I needed to have a more concrete idea of distances between
these towns, and how the town of Tarbes might have looked in the late eighteenth-century.
Consulting historical and contemporary records, I was able to identify certain surviving
features of the town, and then incorporate them into my story.
Figure 1 – Locations of Thomas Whaley's houses in southern France
I speak in more detail below the implications of elastic truth in Whaley’s version of
his life, but in the context of discussing my research methods, there are a number of
8/16/2019 Thesis Historiographic Fiction
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-historiographic-fiction 28/192
28
methodological issues that I considered while adapting his memoirs to historiographic
metafiction. Ultimately, I chose “scenes” from Whaley’s memoirs for their potential to drive
the overall narrative of the novella forward. In some cases I extrapolated events as described
by Whaley; in others, I indulged in straight conjecture to construct my own version of these
events. The important aspect to acknowledge in the historical narrative is that my fictional
version of Tom offers my impressions of the man, rather than the man as described in his
own memoirs. Given Whaley’s story is two centuries distant, and accepting that these
memoirs are questionable in their authenticity, it could be argued that appropriating him as a
character into a work of historiographic metafiction is relatively free of ethical
considerations. I argue that Whaley himself might not have objected to his
recontextualisation, and that surviving ancestors aside from myself have little claim to
privacy on his behalf. Other characters in the historical narrative are either significant
historical figures that fall under the same category as Whaley, or entirely fictional constructs
created to contribute to the narrative. In the contemporary narrative, however, there are other
issues to be considered, especially in light of the fact that the safety buffer of a few centuries
of history is not available. The contemporary people I appropriate as characters are still alive,
and in some cases, too close for comfort. Other writers choose not to take this into account,
but my ethical beliefs dictate that I consider the implications of appropriating the lives of
friends, family, acquaintances, and others into my creative work, particularly in terms of
establishing and maintaining a creative and critical distance from these people. How do I
address these concerns in a contemporary, fictional, autobiographical narrative strand,
particularly since certain people in my life have had a significant effect upon me? In the
context of the contemporary narrative, rather than bringing to fictional life a long list of
characters based upon my real-life friends and acquaintances, I decided to merge elements
and characteristics of several key people into one important character who would act as a
8/16/2019 Thesis Historiographic Fiction
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-historiographic-fiction 29/192
29
consigliore of sorts. In other instances, I have used real people as inspiration for fleeting
references to characters. And again, I have chosen key events from my life to inform the
narrative, and to mesh with the elements of Tom’s narrative. While any novelist can draw on
these influences, I also have the inspiration of a genealogical relationship with my historical
protagonist. This research has allowed me to realise that at a personal level, my genealogical
relationship with Thomas Whaley ultimately had no extraordinarily significant influence on
me as a writer, other than to increase the levels of enthusiasm to explore a relative through
the gaps in his historical narrative. While there was an initial urge to seek some kind of one-
directional psychological or emotional connection with my relative, ultimately Whaley
represented a muse like any other that might be used by novelists. I acknowledge that our
relationship offered a certain form of novelty, and I retain a fond affection for him, but once
the processes of research and writing were underway, Whaley held the same level of
importance as any other inspiration for a writer.
My methodology incorporates a reflexive creative practice that occurs concurrent with
and is influenced by my theoretical research into the background of the narratological
concepts relevant to my practice. My praxis applies archival research, textual analysis and
elements of creative writing practice in a final creative work. This often unpredictable praxis
went through a long period of marshalling different moments in time and space before the
final intertwining of narratives. Finally, the already convoluted act of using
recontextualisation to introduce historical figures and scenarios while writing historiographic
metafiction is enhanced by the fact that this project has a genealogical inspiration.
*
In the next chapter, my Literature Review examines contemporary thinking about the
key terms and concepts that inform my research—including, recontextualisation of historical
8/16/2019 Thesis Historiographic Fiction
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-historiographic-fiction 30/192
30
figures and events, and narratorial manipulation (key aspects of which include focalisation,
point of view and voice)— with a view to addressing a gap in knowledge around the
confluence of creative and critical approaches to historiographic metafiction.
8/16/2019 Thesis Historiographic Fiction
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-historiographic-fiction 31/192
31
Chapter 3: Literature Review
In writing a work of fiction, any number of tools can influence stylistic choices,
narrative movement, perspective, voice, pacing, and other tropes that influence the contract
undertaken when a reader constructs the virtual universe suggested by an author. In three
separate sections, this Literature Review examines the published popular and scholarly works
that have contributed to the concepts of historiographic metafiction (Section 1: The Knowing
of History in Fiction), recontextualisation of historical figures and scenarios (Section 2:
Writing about Real People), and narratorial manipulation (Section 3: Finding the Right
Voice), and contextualises their impact upon my creative praxis.
My creative project involves writing a contemporary literary work of historiographic
metafiction in the context of a genealogical relationship between two protagonists. In the
process of researching and writing this novella, I wanted to engage in the field of Australian
historiographic metafiction by examining the work of well-known critical and creative
writers. Section 1— The Knowing of History in Fiction —examines the evolution of the
concept, historiographic metafiction (or HMF) beginning with Michel de Certeau’s definition
of the concept of historiography (or the writing of history), and moving to the circumstances
and definition of HMF by Linda Hutcheon. The section finishes with Ansgar Nünning’s
refinement of HMF into a spectrum that runs from implicit (covert) HMF to explicit (overt)
HMF.
My ethical position dictated that I consider the implications of recontextualising the
lives of others. Section 2— Writing about Real People —unpacks life writing in the context of
writing one’s own life story and appropriating the lives of others to do so, along with an
examination of some of the ethical implications of this process. I begin by examining the
concept of truth in fiction, because the recontextualisation of reality requires some
8/16/2019 Thesis Historiographic Fiction
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-historiographic-fiction 32/192
32
manipulation of the concept of truth. I then move to the work of Philippe Lejeune, which
examines the autobiographical pact between an author and a reader, in order to understand
what expectations are established between the two, particularly regarding verisimilitude or
mimesis in reproducing one’s life. This research is supplemented by addressing the works of
Jean Starobinski and Caroline Barros on the subject of life writing. Finally, I explore the
ethical implications of recontextualising historical and contemporary figures by reviewing the
research into life writing conducted by Claudia Mills, Paul Eakin, David Gooblar, and
Richard Freadman respectively, with particular emphasis on Gooblar’s analysis of Philip
Roth’s fictional life writing.
Part of the process of writing this work of historiographic metafiction has been to
identify and craft the most effective voices in relating the various narratives in my story. This
technique, which I for the purposes of this research I have termed as narratorial
manipulation, requires an understanding of the ways in which authors “tell” their stories, that
is, how does an author choose and then manipulate the narrator’s voice in their work? Section
3— Finding the Right Voice —uses a school of narrative theory called narratology to examine
the evolution and current thinking about various aspects of narratorial voice, including point
of view, narration, and focalisation. I begin by reviewing the scope of classical and
postclassical narratology, and then move to examine the research of Seymour Chatman,
Wayne Booth, and Gerard Genette, all of whom have made significant contributions to the
field of narratology. I address the debate between Mieke Bal and Genette about the concerns
of the former over the shortcomings perceived in the work of the latter, and I conclude by
examining Genette’s comprehensive typology of narrative spatio-temporal determination. In
particular, I address the context of narratorial manipulation in finding firm vocal positions for
the various characters within the narrative, and also in contributing to the overall metafictive
authorial voice throughout the novella.
8/16/2019 Thesis Historiographic Fiction
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-historiographic-fiction 33/192
33
Finally, I shall demonstrate below that in the creative practice of writing “Folly”, I
have found the following important implications in the practical application of concepts of
implicit historiographic metafiction: an increased flexibility in the process of character
formation; lessened ethical considerations where a personal connection exists between the
narrator and protagonist, particularly when a significant temporal buffer exists between the
two; recognition that a wide variety of choices of historical ambiguities and elisions can have
a significant effect on the outcome of a work of historiographic metafiction; that second-
person voice, in particular, can be a useful tool in moderating the dissonance that might occur
in having a contemporary narrator telling a story about a historical character; and that the
narratological taxonomy developed by Gerard Genette and others is particularly effective in
classifying, understanding, and applying narration and voice.
Section 1: The Knowing of History in Fiction
This section of the Literature Review outlines the work of Patricia Waugh in
classifying the term, metafiction, before reviewing the “writing of history” identified by
Michel de Certeau as historiography. I then examine Linda Hutcheon’s conflation of the two
terms into the sub-genre of historiographic metafiction, before considering Ansgar Nünning’s
most recent refinement of the concept into a spectrum that runs from implicit (covert) HMF
to explicit (overt) HMF. Throughout this section I refer to the impact of these terms upon my
own creative praxis.
*
Metafiction has been accepted as an arrow in the writer’s quiver since the late-1970s.
In Metafiction: The Theory and Practice of Self-Conscious Fiction, Patricia Waugh (1993, 2)
identifies the emerging phenomenon of metafiction in the work of postmodern writers
8/16/2019 Thesis Historiographic Fiction
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-historiographic-fiction 34/192
34
including John Fowles and Jorge Luis Borges, and moves on to define the term as the
practice of exploring “a theory of fiction through the practice of writing.” Suzanne Keen
(2003a, 40) employs a much simpler definition in her essay Levels: Realms of Existence,
suggesting metafiction simply draws attention to the fictionality of narrative, while Linda
Hutcheon in Narcissistic Narrative: The Metafictional Paradox, argues that metafiction
requires the reader to “accept responsibility for the act of decoding, the act of reading”
(1991a, 37). Extending this argument in A Theory of Parody, Hutcheon (1991b, 73) suggests
that metafictive texts, in their less-structured forms reflect a lack of confidence in, or
insecurity with life, that these postmodern techniques encourage the reader to adopt an active,
creative role in the process of reading, and thereby offering a level of empowerment. For
Hutcheon, metafiction as a technique represents one manifestation of postmodernism,
allowing the reader to open a door into the mechanics of literature and the intricacies or
mysteries of its production. As I show below, metafiction offers an effective tool for creative
writers—particularly of historical fiction—who wish to actively engaging the reader in
debates about the reliability of the historical record.
In his succinct definition of historiography, Michel de Certeau (1988, 100) allows for
the intricacies of metafiction and porous historical narratives, along with the idiosyncrasies of
historians , suggesting in The Writing of History that the concept “represents the dead along a
narrative itinerary.” The combination of these ideas means that the art of writing history
involves a certain elasticity, especially in terms of the very personal imprint historians leave
upon their work. In fact, de Certeau (ibid., 9) concedes that history by its very nature
becomes a form of fiction:
In historiography, fiction can be found at the end of the process, in the product ofthe manipulation and the analysis. Its story is given as a staging of the past, and
not as the circumscribed area in which is affected an operation characterised by its
gap in respect to power. The past is the fiction of the present. The same holds true
for all veritable historiographical labours. The explication of the past endlessly
8/16/2019 Thesis Historiographic Fiction
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-historiographic-fiction 35/192
35
marks distinctions between the analytical apparatus, which is present, and the
materials analysed, the documents concerning the curiosities about the dead.
Here, de Certeau blurs the line between writers of historiography and (historical)
fiction, identifying the personal “imprint” left by historiographers in their analysis and
synthesis of historical artefacts; however, in Chapter 5, I explore the implications of the
analysis and synthesis of historical artefacts by creative writers of historical fiction, and their
subsequent criticism at the hands of historians, who accused the writers of dangerously
subverting the historical record. I have found in my own creative practice that the sometimes
elastic nature of the historical record means that exploring and experimenting with alternative
historical narratives can be unavoidable.
Hutcheon (1991a, 40) and others argue that metafiction as a form of fiction refutes the
concept of “mirroring reality or telling any truth about it.” In itself, fiction cannot achieve
these results, as the concept is mimetic/diegetic as a form. It cannot reproduce or even mirror
reality. Historiographic metafiction is nothing more than a discourse through which we seek
an understanding of a version of reality, and “incorporat[e] a theoretical self-awareness of
history and fiction as human constructs” (Hutcheon 1996, 5). Supplementing Umberto Eco’s
(1984, 74-76) assertion that there traditionally have been three ways to narrate the past—the
romance, the swashbuckling tale, and the historical novel—Hutcheon (1996, 482) argues that
historiographic metafiction is the fourth option to narrate the past. She asserts that “we can
only know [our past] through its traces, its relics” (ibid., 119). Therefore, our understanding
of historical reference in fiction can only be negotiated. According to Hutcheon, “ fact is
discourse-defined; an event is not” (ibid.). Whereas de Certeau and Hutcheon might be
aligned with different conceptual literary frameworks, they both offer interesting commentary
that helps to unpick the complexities of the processes of writing history.
Through historiographic metafiction, therefore, it is possible to negotiate and
recontextualise a new vision of a former discourse or series of events, and then use
8/16/2019 Thesis Historiographic Fiction
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-historiographic-fiction 36/192
36
metafiction to argue the merits and pitfalls of these re-imaginings within the text. As I
explore the potential of historiographic metafiction as a narratological technique, I play “on
the truth and lies of the historical record” (Hutcheon 1996, 114); by blurring the ontological
boundaries of history, I seek to challenge the reader’s perception of received history. I argue
that in the context of writing fiction using various narrative techniques, historical fiction is
the crucial combination of recontextualisation of historical figures and scenarios, and the
practice of narratorial manipulation. The imposition of a metafictive context onto a work of
historical fiction then transforms this work into historiographic metafiction by requiring the
reader to recognise that certain aspects of history are being called into question. This process
allows both the author and the reader freedom to question the historical record. At the same
time, unlike the constraints on nonfictional narratives identified by Walsh (2003, 111)—
including the connotation of historicity and objectivity—only the author and the reader of
historiographic metafiction are accountable for the questions asked of the text, and the
implications drawn from whatever answers might be gained.
In Where Historiographic Metafiction and Narratology Meet: Towards an Applied
Cultural Narratology, Ansgar Nünning (2004, 353) further develops Hutcheon’s concept of
historiographic metafiction to advance his argument that there is more than one
“narratology”. In a detailed examination, he offers a typology and poetics of historical fiction
based on five sets of narratological parameters (ibid., 361):
1.
The structure of thematic selections;
2.
The various levels of narrative communication;
3. The narratological categories describing the time structure;
4. The relationship(s) between the fictive and “official” historical worlds;
5. The different kinds of available historical fiction, defined on the basis of the
question of whether and to what degree the fictional illusion is maintained and
fostered or undermined and destroyed, and on the basis of the various functions
that different variants of historical fiction typically fulfil.
8/16/2019 Thesis Historiographic Fiction
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-historiographic-fiction 37/192
37
This typology and poetics aid in categorising and classifying various elements of
historical fiction, but Nünning (ibid., 362) digs further into the genre, establishing a useful set
of typological rubrics for the historical novel, including documentary, realist, revisionist, and
metahistorical.
The final two rubrics are particularly relevant to my research:
Metahistorical – explore, revise, and transform the formal conventions of the
traditionally historical novel; focus on the continuity of the past in the present, on the
interplay between different time levels, on forms of historical consciousness, and on
the recuperation of history: the self-reflexive historical novel relates a series of events
that have taken place in the past, but focuses on the ways in which these events are
grasped and explained in retrospect.
Historiographic Metafiction (implicit and explicit) – address problems related to the
writing of history using explicit metafictional comments; thematizes and underminesthe border between historiography and fiction, enquiring into the epistemological
status of history and historiography.
While explicit historiographic metafiction can be quickly identified through its direct
challenges to the “hegemonic discourse of historiography” and clear discussion of
“epistemological and methodological problems of reconstructing the past” (ibid., 366),
implicit historiographic metafiction offers multiple perspectives and texts from different
genres, and “draw[s] attention to the distorting effects of selecting sources”, to the
historiographer’s problems of flimsy sources, and the “partiality, contradictoriness,
unreliability, and questionable authenticity of historical sources and documents” (ibid., 365).
Here it is worth remembering de Certeau’s comments about the subjective nature of
historiography, and the subsequent effect such skewing might have upon writers of
historiographic metafiction. By adopting a framework of historiographic metafiction, I can
devise a process to work with the historical record. While my creative work, “Folly” does not
challenge hegemonic discourses of the historical record, the novella seeks to challenge the
reader to consider the more intimate, personal contradictions that sometimes arise when
8/16/2019 Thesis Historiographic Fiction
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-historiographic-fiction 38/192
38
examining the life of an individual, rather than at a level of community, society, or
civilisation. In this way, my perceptions of implicit historiographic metafiction as a narrative
device have been endorsed through the creative process of writing into this sub-genre. In fact,
in conjunction with my experiments with recontextualisation of historical figures and
scenarios, and narratorial manipulation, I have found that Nünning’s definition of implicit
historiographic metafiction offers an effective entry to be accurate and effective in examining
the motivations and actions of a historical protagonist.
“Folly” illustrates these processes involved in using historiographic metafiction as a
tool in the writing of historical fiction. Prefacing his edited version of Whaley’s memoirs
(See Appendix), Edward Sullivan (in Whaley 1906, xxviii) discusses the historical record of
Whaley’s death in 1800, observing the commonly-held belief that he had died of
complications from cirrhosis of the liver while on a trip from Liverpool to London. But
Sullivan also uncovered contradictory evidence suggesting instead that Whaley may have
been murdered by a jealous lover on the same trip. And in the final days of writing this thesis,
I obtained evidence (Tattersall 2011) that further threw doubt on the circumstances of
Whaley’s last days—could the fact that Whaley authorised a final draft of his Last Will and
Testament only seven days before his death mean he felt his life was in danger, or even that
he planned to fake his own death? Which is the truth? While further research may or may not
uncover the truth of the matter, for the purposes of my novella—and in a nod to my second
cousin’s memory (and reputation as a raconteur), for I wonder which ending he might have
viewed as more ignominious—I chose the latter ending involving the jealous lover for his
narrative. Once this decision was made, I then had to fill what is effectively a gap in the
historical record—what were the circumstances behind Whaley’s death? The act of filling in
this gap represents the setting of fictional work in a specific historical period; the argument
8/16/2019 Thesis Historiographic Fiction
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-historiographic-fiction 39/192
39
between my contemporary characters about the validity of that decision represents the
practice of historiographic metafiction.
Thus far, this literature review has examined the evolution of historiographic
metafiction as a sub-genre of historical fiction. The next section examines a key tool used in
writing historical fiction: the recontextualisation of historical figures and scenarios. I begin
by examining the concept of truth in fiction, before moving on to the considerations of
autobiographical writing made by Philippe Lejeune and Carolyn Barros respectively, before
concluding with a summary of research into the fictional autobiographical work of Philip
Roth.
Section 2: Writing about Real People
My historical protagonist was prone to exaggerating and manipulating the truth to his
own end. As my novella is a blend of fictionalised autobiography and fictional memoir, there
will be examples where I have appropriated or recontextualised nonfictional scenarios;
sometimes there will be instances of bending the truth, and other times, I will manufacture
realities. All of these acts can be regarded as typical in the writing of historical fiction. But
when a metafictive context for these recontextualisations is provided through narratorial
manipulation, the prose becomes historiographic metafiction. Before I examine the process of
recontextualising fact into fiction below, I address the concept of truth in fiction because as a
creative writer inspired by a genealogical text, I am drawn to not only the authority of the
historical record and the tensions surrounding my relationship with those figures involved in
that record.
One of the first modern discussions of this issue involved Henry James, who in the
midst of a public debate with another writer, Walter Besant, argued in The Art of Fiction (in
Sool 2003, 246) against any truth-related restrictions or constraints:
8/16/2019 Thesis Historiographic Fiction
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-historiographic-fiction 40/192
40
...the good health of an art [fiction] which so undertakes to reproduce life must
demand that it be perfectly free. It lives upon exercise, and the very meaning of
exercise is freedom.
Later, in The Craft of Fiction (1921), Percy Lubbock wrote that debates about
representations of truth in novels, or the authentication of such were irrelevant, arguing that
such representations simply needed to “look” true. And in the mid-twentieth century, Norman
Friedman used his book, Point of View in Fiction (1955, 1160-1184) to untangle the threads
of authorial presence in fiction, and offer concepts that help authors manage the
predispositions and prejudices that become apparent to the reader after travelling from author
through the narrator and into the narrative.
In the 1980s, Lubomir Dole!el brought a philosophical lens to narratology in Truth
and Authenticity in Narrative (1980, 23), suggesting truth in fiction involved “conclusions of
authentication” that took into account the construction of the fictional world concerned, that
truth in fiction became a question of narrative context. Over the past few decades, however,
narratologists including Richard Walsh have further delineated fiction and nonfiction. In his
article, Fictionality and Mimesis: Between Narrativity and Fictional Worlds (2003, 110-121),
Walsh writes:
Fiction is no longer seen as narrative with certain rules […] in abeyance; rather,
nonfictional narrative is seen as narrative under certain supplementary constraints […]
that serve to establish a rhetoric of veracity.
I have already hinted at the implications of elastic truth in Tom’s version of his life.
Ultimately, I have chosen “scenes” from Tom’s memoirs for their potential to drive the
overall narrative of the novella forward. In some cases I am extrapolating events as described
by Tom; in others, I am indulging in straight conjecture to construct my own version of these
events. The important aspect to acknowledge in the historical narrative is that the version of
Tom on offer is my impression of the man, rather than the man as self-described. In this
fictional world, as posited by Dole!el (1980, 23), the rules and parameters are dictated by the
8/16/2019 Thesis Historiographic Fiction
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-historiographic-fiction 41/192
41
author—myself—and the “authentication” of truth becomes a function of this fictional world.
I address the act and implications of the process of appropriating a real-life figure into a
fictional narrative in the textual analyses below.
*
Philippe Lejeune (1989, 23), in his 1973 book, The Autobiographical Pact , defined
the parameters of autobiography, biography and life fiction. Two decades later, in a new
edition of the book, Lejeune (ibid., 123) acknowledged that his initial typology was
somewhat inflexible. In defining the positions of the author, narrator, and reader, he realised
the perils of delineating reality and fiction, and sought to identify the terms under which the
author and reader could reach a “pact” that took into account the elasticity of memory, and
the effect that a personal, subjective perspective can have upon impressions of the kind of
truth that I discuss below. If the author can offer the reader a “contract” that acknowledges
the compromises that have been made in good faith in the search for a greater “truth”, then
acts of stretching, compressing and conflation might be forgiven.
While Lejeune offers a flexible, narratological taxonomy for autobiography in The
Autobiographical Pact , in Autobiography: Narrative of Transformation, Caroline Barros
(1998, 12-49) takes a more thematic approach to the genre, asking us to consider elements in
the narrative that examine the person ( persona), their transformation throughout life ( figura),
and the forces behind that transformation (dynamis). This has become a key model framing
the writing and analysis of my intertwining narratives, chiefly because one of the primary
aims of this entire process is to explore the transformation of Tom through examination of his
motivations and actions; in fact, I see the process of writing the entire novella an act of
transformation; through practical application of the theoretical concept of historiographic
metafiction to seek answers about changes in and development of Tom’s character and
8/16/2019 Thesis Historiographic Fiction
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-historiographic-fiction 42/192
42
motivations through historiographic metafiction, I have discovered an increased flexibility in
the process of character formation. Rather than Whaley’s often intriguing proximity to
significant historical events, my interest in his character and motivation derives from his
idiosyncrasies and his frequent decision to favour the obvious grand historical narrative over
the less obvious gaps in his own personal narrative. In Montaigne in Motion, Starobinski
(1985, 33-34) suggests that each instance of public self-portrayal precedes a loss of part of
“the self” to others:
The life of an individual does not become fully determinate until it exhibits itself; but
as we come under the scrutiny of others, we pay for the support we derive from them
by undergoing, even in our own lifetime, the ordeal of death, or negativity; and it is by way of this ordeal that we acquire our full personal identity. Indeed, by showing
ourselves we lose a part of what we are, we expose ourselves to risk, we entrustourselves to the safekeeping of others, we “mortgage” our lives ... To write is to
behold oneself in a second body created by deliberate alienation of the self; it is to
produce a verbal tissue—the text—offered to the comprehension of the virtual reader.
The text is that strange object that draws its life from the disappearance of the
craftsman who made it. The written work, a vicarious form of life, a likeness destined
to survive its original, externalizes life and internalizes death.
Qualifying examples of externalising life and internalising death in “Folly” is not a
simple task. Historically, Whaley aimed to write a record of his life that would quickly be
made public, yet the resulting account was suppressed for decades, only to disappear until
being discovered and edited for publication by Sullivan more than a century later. In the
contemporary context of “Folly”, Tim and Sar co-opt Whaley’s “verbal tissue” and test its
veracity and ambiguity. Throughout the novella, Tim and Sar surrender or “mortgage” certain
aspects of their existence to each other, albeit in unbalanced proportions; this act requires a
significant investment of trust, and their relationship is complicated in that they have
confided personal information to each other on the understanding that they, at the very least,
respects each other’s privacy by protecting this information. Perhaps the most literal sense of
disappearance occurs late in “Folly”, when Tim commits suicide in a dream; while this is in a
dream, and not in reality, it is important to concede that this represents a metaphorical death,
8/16/2019 Thesis Historiographic Fiction
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-historiographic-fiction 43/192
43
at least in the un/subconscious. Finally, at a metafictive level, “Folly” represents a fictional
autobiography, where the fictional Tim and I lose ourselves as authors, and become exposed
to risk as we entrust elements of ourselves to the safekeeping of others (ibid.).
Given Tom’s story is two centuries distant, and accepting that his memoirs are
questionable in their authenticity, it could be argued that appropriating Tom as a character
into a work of historiographic metafiction is free of ethical considerations. I argue that Tom
himself might not have objected to his recontextualisation, and surviving ancestors aside
from myself have little claim to privacy on his behalf. Other characters in the historical
narrative are either significant historical figures who fall under the same category as Tom—
including England’s Prince George or George Brummell—or entirely fictional constructs. In
the contemporary narrative, however, there are other issues to be considered, especially in
light of the fact that the safety buffer of a few centuries of history is not available. While
other writers of historical fiction or HMF choose not to consider the implications of writing
about historical and contemporary figures and scenarios, my ethical beliefs require that I
think carefully before incorporating the lives of others in my creative work. Philip Roth
addresses the issue as follows:
While writing, when I began to feel squeamish about confessing intimate affairs of
mine to everybody, I went back and changed the real names of some of those with
whom I’d been involved, as well as a few identifying details. This was not because I
believed that the rerendering would furnish complete anonymity (it couldn’t make
those people anonymous to their friends and mine) but because it might afford at least
a little protection from their being pawed over by perfect strangers.(in Gooblar 2009, 39)
In his article, The Truth Hurts: The Ethics of Philip Roth’s “Autobiographical”
Books, David Gooblar (2009, 33-53) offers a close reading of the novels Philip Roth used to
frame various undisguised versions of himself. I shall return to Gooblar’s discussion of the
implications in Roth’s writing for ethics in the genre of life writing shortly, but first I
examine some other recent positions on the matter.
8/16/2019 Thesis Historiographic Fiction
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-historiographic-fiction 44/192
44
Claudia Mills (2004, 120) highlights the imperative many people feel to tell and be
told stories about the lives of others; in arguing that “truth does make us free”, she suggests
that real life characters—be they family, friends, or bad people—always can be fictionalised
and forgiven through the thin veil of an alias. The flaw in this line of argument lies in
offering only a passing mention of the challenges of writing about ex-partners/lovers or even
immediate family members; while Mills is prepared to “share” the stories passed on to her by
friends, and in some cases recontextualise impressions of her own familial experiences, she
openly admits that the idea of writing her own memoirs is too fraught with personal danger.
What should the life writer do when she wishes to tell the raw stories of relationships that
barely withstood or in some cases fallen prey to the tests of time, patience, and other peril?
Mills’s opinion (ibid., 118) of familial memoirs is interesting in this context:
This is not to say we shouldn’t write about our parents [or ex-partners/lovers]—as I
said earlier, the best stories most of us have to tell are the stories of our childhoods.
But we probably shouldn’t tell these until time has given us some perspective and
healing distance, and some ability to forgive.
Each case needs to be evaluated upon its own merits; the life writer has to determine
whether enough time has elapsed, whether wounds have sufficiently healed, and whether
adequate perspective or distance gained in order to be able to tell their story, if ever.
In “The Unseemly Profession”: Privacy, Inviolate Personality, and the Ethics of Life
Writing , Paul John Eakin (1999, 142-186) examines the power or lack thereof that
forgiveness has in empowering or emasculating life writers and their characters, and contrasts
two controversial cases of life writing: Kathryn Harrison’s incest memoir, The Kiss; and
Phyllis Rose’s magazine column, A Portrait of an Unlikely Monk . Eakin says that Harrison’s
writing could be defended in light of legitimate public interest in her painful experiences
instigated by her father, while Rose was widely castigated for revealing intimate details about
her brother-in-law, who had expressly denied her permission to document his decision to turn
away from a wealthy family and adopt the ascetic lifestyle of a monk. After unpacking the
8/16/2019 Thesis Historiographic Fiction
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-historiographic-fiction 45/192
45
various modes of privacy in the context of life writing— normative privacy involves physical
space, while descriptive privacy constitutes “forms of respect that we owe to each other as
members of a common community”—Eakin tentatively concludes, “life writing that
constitutes a violation of privacy has the potential to harm the very self of the other” (ibid.,
168). Given Lejeune’s contention (1986, 55) that “private life is almost always a co-
property”, and Eakin’s assertion (1999, 172) that any life writing involves the
commodification of others, I argue that the risk of staging an unwelcome assault on the
“inviolate personality” of others can only be avoided or minimalised through careful
consideration of the possible personal implications of the writing. At the same time, the
writer of auto/biographical works needs to balance this careful consideration with the
implications that this “self-censorship” might have upon the text. While historiographic
metafiction offers no guarantees of avoiding or minimalising such assaults, the process does
open the story up to possible interpretations of the historical record that might help explain
the author’s choices and motivations in exploring a historical figure. The creative process
involved in writing “Folly” did reveal that the ethical considerations I have discussed above
involve a personal choice on behalf of the writer. While Mills (2004, 120) argues that “the
truth does set us free”, writing these truths can come at a significant cost in personal and
relational terms; other writers choose not to allow these considerations to influence their
representation of truth. In writing “Folly”, I have thought very carefully before incorporating
the identities of those living people in my contemporary characters; as I have discussed with
reference to Whaley and his peers, however, I feel that the buffer of more than two centuries
minimises the consideration I have given to their privacy. Where available, this kind of buffer
represents an important asset to those authors of historiographic metafiction who are
concerned with the ethical implications of their writing. Despite an effective temporal
dissonance between the contemporary and historical narratives—Tim and Sar are relating
8/16/2019 Thesis Historiographic Fiction
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-historiographic-fiction 46/192
46
alternate versions of stories about a Tom who more than two centuries distant—the latter are
narrated through a form of Stanzel’s r-character (1986, 141) in Tom himself. While both
historical narratives are offered mostly through the experience of Whaley rather than any
other historical figure, the choice and depth of focus for the historical narrative is in the hands
of the narrator: Tim has a vested interest in maintaining some level of integrity in telling his
ancestor’s story; while the motives of the ethically ambiguous Sar are less obvious. Tim’s
‘vested interest’ is somewhat misguided and idealistic, and almost an overreaction to the
recklessness of Sar, as he does not have the level of insight into the creative and academic
process of historiographic metafiction and the appropriation of historical characters that I
have gained as a researcher. Despite this, I feel that by the novel’s end, Tim has reached a
more flexible attitude towards the historical record, and the unreliable possibilities of
Whaley’s own impressions of himself.
Richard Freadman (2004, 121-146) adopted this process of close consideration in the
compilation of a memoir in which his late father played a major role. His ethical deliberations
in Decent and Indecent: Writing My Father’s Life, reveal the various levels of trust one may
face in writing about a loved one, from implicit trust provisions —the kind of “nonverbal
understandings [that might] extend beyond the boundary of death”(ibid., 129)—and
relativized trust —in relation to negotiations over specific issues—to blanket trust , which
requires an all-encompassing, non-negotiable trust that the trust will never be violated (ibid.,
131). In his reference to Bernard Williams’s discussion of non-egoistic micro-motivations
(ibid., 131), however, Freadman “establish[es] context-sensitive understandings of and
intuitions about the particular individual”. The consideration of these motivations in
Freadman’s admittedly subjective process of fictive modelling allows the writer to come
closer to understanding how the real-life version of their characters might regard their
recontextualisation (ibid., 144):
8/16/2019 Thesis Historiographic Fiction
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-historiographic-fiction 47/192
47
In fact, these Pauls [Freadman’s father and the subject of his memoir] are just two
among many down the years and through the spectrum of his moods. It seems that
what I have to do is sort out what his best self would have felt about my publishing
this book. The father I ask permission of, then, has the confidence and daring of
youth, the middle-aged man’s balanced perspective on his young son’s needs, and the
old (pre-Alzheimer’s) man’s wisdom of hindsight. In truth there was never such aman; yet the distillation I have fashioned here doesn’t seem wholly fictitious. Much of
what we “know” of others, be they alive or dead, is a distillation of something like
this.
I close this discussion of the process of recontextualising historical figures in fiction
by returning to the article I originally cited by David Gooblar (2009, 33-53): The Truth
Hurts: The Ethics of Philip Roth’s “Autobiographical” Books. In his research, Gooblar
obtained access to Philip Roth’s papers, which included extensive and detailed notes,
intermediary and discarded drafts, and comprehensive reflection by Roth on the praxis and
challenges of writing fictionalised autobiography. Over a period of five years, Roth wrote
four books that have been variously categorised as either “Roth novels” or “Nonfiction”, but
briefly considered by Roth himself as a collection:
Two-Faced: An Autobiography in Four Acts
1.
The Facts: A Novelist’s Autobiography (1988)
2. Deception: A Novel (1990)
3. Patrimony: A True Story (1991)4.
Duality (1993)
a. Duality ultimately was published as Operation Shylock: A Confession
Gooblar (ibid., 34) reveals that many considered these particular works as evidence of
Roth’s interest in “probing the permeability of the borders between fact and fiction, exploring
the ways in which non-fiction may be just as unreliable a representation of reality as fiction,
and playing games with readers’ expectations of divulgence.” In his subsequent close
readings and analysis of the four titles, Gooblar cites three examples pertinent to my
discussion of ethics in this literature review.
The first—in Patrimony —sees Roth detail an excruciatingly uncomfortable incident
in which he had to help his ageing, ailing father after the elder had “beshat” himself. Key to
8/16/2019 Thesis Historiographic Fiction
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-historiographic-fiction 48/192
48
this episode is the father’s impassioned entreaty that Roth never reveal this story; yet that
night in his journal, Roth records his intent to incorporate the episode into what would
become Patrimony. Gooblar suggests that “making the incident part of a book, instead of
merely part of his life, allows Roth to grant it narrative meaning” (ibid., 38). But at what cost
to privacy? While it is impossible for the author to have foreknowledge of whether the reader
cares or not about this cost, Gooblar (ibid., 38) argues that Roth’s continual retrospection and
self-castigation point towards the author’s interest about the cost to privacy.
The second example—in The Facts —involves Roth’s fictionalisation of a former real-
life lover—“May Aldridge”—and the subsequent correspondence between Roth the
Character and one of his recurring fictional characters, Zuckerman. The fictionalisation of
“May” already runs the risk of being ethically hazardous, and Roth the Writer has Zuckerman
castigate Roth the Character for failing to include several unsavoury characteristics in his
fictionalisation of “May”. Here, Gooblar suggests that Roth is “dramatiz[ing] the ethical
conflict that arises when entering into life writing”, and argues that the two incarnations of
May articulated by Roth the Character and Zuckerman represent two warring voices in the
head of the writer: one voice fighting for “ethical consideration” of real-life figures regardless
of the truth; the other voice fighting for the true story of one’s life, and “damn the
consequences” (ibid., 41).
Finally—in Deception —Roth the Character has an extended and bitter exchange with
his wife about his lack of discretion in writing a fictionalised autobiographical account of a
recent affair. As well as the acrimony generated at home, the literary actions of Roth the
Character ultimately destroy the marriage of his mistress. Gooblar notes that these final
fictional conversations offer evidence that “concerns over exposure and betrayal are not
confined to books in which the names are left unchanged” (ibid., 43).
8/16/2019 Thesis Historiographic Fiction
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-historiographic-fiction 49/192
49
The conclusion in Deception leaves the reader in no doubt about Roth’s unwavering
resolve that a writer should be able to write what he wants, despite exposing real people
without any control over their depiction in the public eye. But in an interesting revelation,
Gooblar states that earlier drafts of the novel had alternate, even more conflicted endings,
hinting at the difficulties faced in resolving the ethical ramifications of decisions on the part
of Roth the Writer and Roth the Character (ibid., 44).
At the close of his article, Gooblar (ibid., 51) reveals that in the final pages of
Operation Shylock , Roth speaks directly to the reader, revealing:
… that one of his early adopted “artistic conventions” was the belief that “nothingneed hide itself in fiction,” that literature is a realm apart from the moral and ethical
demands imposed by others. But as he drives down to New York […] Philip askshimself a question that haunts all four of the books of this period: “Nothing need hide
itself in fiction, but are there no limits where there’s no disguise.”
The meaning of Roth’s last statement here is debatable, but perhaps he is suggesting
that telling stories within the confines of what we feel we know as the truth entitles us to
write what we like; or that in taking control of a work of fiction, an author imposes their own
limits on exploiting the truth of a situation. Roth’s dilemmas—and those of writers and critics
already mentioned here—all suggest that life writers need to recognise that writing openly
about, or offering a fictional cloak for real-life characters, involves careful consideration of
each case on its own merits, variations of fictional modelling, and, sometimes, outright
disregard for the “inviolate privacy” of people. The relationship of this debate to my own
research is that the recontextualisation or appropriation of historical or contemporary
nonfictional characters is a key component in the writing of historiographic metafiction.
When writing about my historical protagonist, I often took inspiration directly from his
memoirs or from eighteenth-century public writing about him. When my version of his life
diverges from the events recounted in his memoirs, the merits and pitfalls of these conflicts
become part of the metafictive narrative argued between my contemporary protagonists. In
8/16/2019 Thesis Historiographic Fiction
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-historiographic-fiction 50/192
50
constructing the contemporary narrative, rather than bringing to fictional life a long list of
characters based upon my real-life friends and acquaintances, I decided to merge elements
and characteristics of several key people into one important character who would act as a
consigliore of sorts. In other instances, I have used real people as inspiration for fleeting
references to characters. And again, I have chosen key events from my own life to inform the
narrative, and to mesh in with the elements of Tom’s narrative. Thus the various narratives in
“Folly” originate in “real” life, only to be blended into or overtaken by the implications of
metafictive discourse. An author concerned with the impact of recontextualising historical
figures and scenarios may consider carefully these points of departure and their placement in
the narrative in order to “respect” privacy. I am less concerned here with respectfully
maintaining the bonds of genealogical relationships, or even the desire to create a new
narrative without completely destroying that of Whaley’s historical narrative. This is not
simply a case of taking the kind of ethical stand that many authors often choose to ignore, but
more of the type of internal, personal standard that some take in the hope that their own
circumstances might one day be treated with respect in the event that their lives be held up
for public analysis.
All writers of historical fiction and historiographic metafiction use variations of this
process to inform and compel their narratives. The significant contribution of this thesis and
its creative work is that I explore the mechanics of this process through the lens of a
genealogical relationship between my two protagonists, and then use a metafictive voice to
argue the merits of this process. In the next section of my literature review, I examine the
second of two key tools necessary in the writing of historiographic metafiction. My second
research sub-question examines the value of narratorial manipulation in crafting believable
voices and narration in the context of historiographic metafiction. In the context of the school
8/16/2019 Thesis Historiographic Fiction
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-historiographic-fiction 51/192
51
of narratology, I examine the identification and use of the concepts of focalisation, point of
view and voice.
Section 3: Finding the Right Voice
The second key component necessary when writing historiographic metafiction is
what I term narratorial manipulation. To be successful in transforming historical fiction into
historiographic metafiction, the author needs to establish either a covert but implicit
intertextual discourse that coincides with a contemporary cultural discourse, or an overt
metafictive discourse within the narrative that argues the case for the author’s historiographic
manipulation. In the process of writing my novella, I face a number of character-related
challenges. First, there are two competing and complementary narratives: the contemporary
and the historical. Next there are three distinct voices or points-of-view: my fictional self; my
fictional self’s narrated version of Whaley; and Sar’s narrated version of Whaley. As there
are a number of character positions taken throughout my novella, each point of view has to be
carefully chosen to fit alongside the other and within the context the two parallel narratives
using effective, but not necessarily comfortable transitions from one voice to the next; in fact,
stark disjunctures may aid in establishing conflict in the narrative and between characters.
Achieving this requires assistance from the narratological rules of narration. As a complex
tool within the field of narrative theory, narratology offers an effective vocabulary to
understand and articulate the blending together of these historical and contemporary
narratives and voices into engaging characterisation. This section of my Literature Review
examines those narratological concepts that are useful in manipulating the narration of a
story, from point of view and voice to focalisation.
In the hundred years or so since Henry James pondered the behaviour of his
characters and the structure of his narratives, an elaborate science of narratology has been
8/16/2019 Thesis Historiographic Fiction
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-historiographic-fiction 52/192
52
developed out by theorists including Percy Lubbock, Wayne Booth, Wolfgang Iser, Seymour
Chatman and Gerard Genette. Roland Barthes’s examination of the phenomenon of the
narrator in An Introduction to the Structural Analysis of Narrative (1975) sees the author as a
giver and the reader as a receiver . Within this deceptively simple model, the giver can be
perceived in one of three ways: as an identifiable person negotiating an exchange with the
reader; as an omniscient and all-encompassing narrator; or as a narrator limited in their
knowledge to what they can see, experience and know (Barthes 1975, 260-261).
Given the narrator is a construction of the author, what role is he expected to play? In
Narrative Discourse, Gerard Genette (1980, 255) suggests that the narrator is expected to
fulfil five functions in the narrative situation:
1.
Telling the story;
2. Offering stage directions between the characters and on the “set” of the novel;
3.
Maintaining a relationship with the narratee;
4. Testifying as to the veracity of information sources, precision of recall and the
evocation of emotion;
5.
Acting as an ideological barometer: offering justification for intervention or
didacticism.
In performing this role, the narrator may appear in a number of forms, the
identification of which has been disputed over the last fifty years. In what has been loosely
labelled by Nieragden in Focalisation and Narration: Theoretical and Terminological
Refinements as an “Anglo-American” model (2002, 696), theorists including Wayne Booth
and Seymour Chatman adopt a figurative and stylistic approach, employing terms such as
point of view and voice.
In Distance and Point of View, Wayne Booth (1996, 117-120) takes the puppet
master/stage director that is the implied author and adds the idea of dramatised and
undramatised narrators. The former offers a “complex mental experience” akin to the
reflector-character discussed by F.K. Stanzel in A Theory of Narrative (1986, 141); while the
8/16/2019 Thesis Historiographic Fiction
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-historiographic-fiction 53/192
53
latter maintains a more objective, camera-eye or sense-bound objectivity (Booth 1996, 120).
In fact, in an instance of my creative practice adapting my theoretical findings, a version of
the reflector–character may be recognisable in both the contemporary and historical narrative
strands of my work. While the former is narrated by a fictional, first-person version of
myself, the latter alternates between perceptions of Whaley’s experiences as narrated by
myself (in second-person) or by Sar (in third-person). The choice and depth of focus for the
historical narrative is in the hands of the narrator, but both versions of the historical narrative
are offered through the experience of Whaley, rather than any other historical figure.
In The Concept of Point of View, Mitchell Leaska (1996, 119-134) suggests that the
undramatised narrator takes what has traditionally been regarded as the third-person point of
view, adopting a “sense of detachment or impersonality”. In this mode of narration, direct
indication of the character’s inner state is only available through speculation. This lies in
stark contrast to Barthes’s (1975, 261) all-knowing, omniscient narrator, who can appropriate
at any time the point of view of other characters, and maintains an editorial or panoramic
view of the narrative. This privileged narrator is able to step in at any time and elucidate on
matters in a way that is not available to the characters in the story. Lying between the
omniscient narrator and the undramatised narrator is the observer-participant narrator, who
exists as a character within the story. In this point of view, the reader is “trapped in the
consciousness of the narrator” and reliant on the veracity of her interpretation of her
surroundings and the internal machinations of her fellow characters (Leaska 1996, 166).
The concept of the observer-participant narrator raises a further issue in terms of
reliability. A reliable narrator speaks or acts in accordance with the implied author’s norms,
while an unreliable narrator does not. This is not to say that the unreliable narrator is lying.
They might be mistaken or pretending to qualities denied to her by the author. The judicious
isolation of reliable or unreliable narrators can be used by the author to offer a sense of
8/16/2019 Thesis Historiographic Fiction
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-historiographic-fiction 54/192
54
validation (or lack thereof) of the events related (Booth 1996, 127). In Story and Discourse,
Chatman (1983, 149) adds to this by suggesting that unreliability in a narrator is directly
proportional to their overtness for reasons that may include psychological instability,
intellectual incapacity, infirmity or immaturity, obtuseness or limited information, or a
motivation to withhold or deceive.
As a narrative tool, an unreliable narrator can generate tension by irritating, amusing,
shocking, or provoking consideration in the reader. In a revision of his earlier theories,
Chatman informs us that two distinctions are necessary when discussing unreliability. Firstly,
unreliable narration actually presupposes that a “reliable” version of events is available. The
use of the phrase fallible filtration allows some leeway for characters (filters) that may not be
aware of their motivation, or other diegetic influences, and as such, are not so much
unreliable as fallible: they are prone to mistakes or errors. The word unreliable in this context
is too strong; whereas fallible is a little more forgiving of human foibles. As such, fallible
filtration involves an entirely different contractual arrangement between the narrator and the
narratee, rather than the implied author and the implied reader.
By its very definition, historiographic metafiction involves unreliability, discomfiting
the reader by calling into question the reliability of the historical “facts” laid out on the page.
There are varying levels of reliability and unreliability within my creative work. Readers are
required to come to their own conclusions about the veracity of accounts about the author’s
life in its portrayal as a character in the novella, and in the historical level, the possibility of
verisimilitude is diluted by the two separate narrators—fictional Tim and Sar—and their
interpretation of a “primary” source that not only was always suspect in terms of its original
author’s motive, but has been weakened by the Victorian moral stance of its editor, Edward
Sullivan:
I have taken as few liberties as possible with the original text Whaley’s manuscript,the changes introduced being mainly directed to the correction of faulty punctuation,
8/16/2019 Thesis Historiographic Fiction
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-historiographic-fiction 55/192
55
the cancellation of constantly recurring capital letters, and the occasional modernising
of the spelling. In some rare cases where Whaley’s language is somewhat too
outspoken, I have indicated omissions from the original text by asterisks.
(in Whaley 1906, xliii)
To add further complication, Sullivan’s note in the preface observing a “presumed
anonymity” (Whaley 1906, v) marked a further level of instability to the text, as it added
another layer of intervention between Whaley’s original writing and my fresh interpretation
of its stories. Sullivan’s research and corroboration of the events and personalities
documented in Whaley’s original memoirs—and a second set of handwritten memoirs that
have also disappeared since the editor compared both sets—is exhaustive and detailed, and
my own archival research has corroborated several details in the memoir. But as a descendent
of Whaley, I was more concerned with the details of his life than researching those of Edward
Sullivan. Given the wide range of choices opening up through my research into Whaley’s
life, and the obligation of limiting the findings of these choices in the eventual writing
process, I recognised the concept and implications of choice itself as a key facet in the
writing of historiographic metafiction.
The concept of aesthetic distance —particularly in a first person narrative—is another
valuable narrative tool available to authors wishing to manipulate a reader’s perception of the
characters. Booth (1996, 125) explains in Distance and Point of View that this is more than
just the distance between the observer/narrator agent and the author/reader; it may also
“describe the degree to which the reader may be asked to discard the artifice of the work and
lose themselves in the story.” Aesthetic distance may take a number of forms, from moral,
intellectual, and emotional, through to the most common form: temporal aesthetic distance. In
other words, with the passage of time between the action of the story and the narrator’s
discourse, the narrator may achieve a greater understanding of the events she is relating.
Historiographic metafiction offers interesting variations in the use of aesthetic distance:
implicit HMF invites the reader to lose themselves in the universe they themselves construct
8/16/2019 Thesis Historiographic Fiction
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-historiographic-fiction 56/192
56
on behalf of the author; while explicit HMF constantly manipulates aesthetic distance in an
effort to discomfit the reader with the presence of a metafictive voice.
In Narrative Form, Suzanne Keen (2003b, 36) expands on this notion, positing the
terms consonant (immediate) and dissonant (retrospective) narration. An author may use
modulation of consonance and dissonance to set the pace of the narrative and to suggest inner
growth or character development. Consonant narration places the narrator close in spatio-
temporal terms to the events described; dissonant narration places time and space between the
events and the narration, allowing the narrator to use hindsight, judgement and reflection to
influence and sometimes even rehabilitate their discourse.
Like Booth, Keen also advocates a figural, stylistic analysis of narrative. Drawing on
the work of Chatman, Keen suggests that the mediation existing between the author and the
reader—the narrative situation—is typified by the location of the narrator, the level of their
presence in the story, and their relationship with the characters. Preferring to use the
first/second/third-person terminology, Keen (2003b, 30-46) elaborates on each choice. A
first-person narrator refers to herself as “I”, and co-exists with the characters in the story
world. The third-person narrator, however, has more options. They may share the story space
with other characters or exist outside the story. They may provide an external view, or offer
access to the thoughts or feelings of others; and they can choose to maintain an overt
presence, referring directly to the reader, or a covert presence, revealing no personality at all.
A final variant is third-person limited , which restricts perception to the perspective of a single
character (not the narrator) that acts as a reflector or focalising presence for the story. While
second-person narrative has been rare in the past—and is popularly regarded as gimmickry—
this technique has been rising in popularity. From an academic point of view it poses some
challenges to traditional formal analysis of the narrative situation (ibid., 45). Involving a
conflation of the reader/narratee and the protagonist, this technique allows an interesting
8/16/2019 Thesis Historiographic Fiction
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-historiographic-fiction 57/192
57
relationship between the reader and the text, especially in terms of manipulating consonance
and dissonance through the fleshing out of the narratee. In the process of writing the second-
person narrative in “Folly”, I realised the practical implications and narratological benefits of
this voice, particularly in writing historiographic metafiction. The metaphorical act of
interrogating Whaley and his actions through a second-person voice, eventually allows the
initial dissonance traditionally experienced by the reader encountering this mode to cede to a
consonance as they realise that they are, in effect, a voyeur witnessing one person’s reflection
on the behaviour of another. In the wider context of a work of historiographic metafiction,
this realisation contributes to the perception and understanding of the metafictive discourse
about historical accuracy that is a critical component in this sub-genre of historical fiction.
Through the experimentation with this mode of voice in “Folly”, I have contributed to the
discourse about the legitimacy of second-person voice in historiographic metafiction and the
wider field of creative writing.
One of the key goals of the creative work is to investigate the value of manipulating
various voices has in contributing to the debates that underscore historiographic metafiction.
In this example of privileging form rather than content, “Folly” offers a number of different
examples of the preceding concepts, shifting the narrative focus from one character to
another—from chief protagonist to two versions of a supporting (focalised) character. The
chief protagonist of “Folly” is a fictional version of me. Tim tells his own story in close, past,
first-person, principally because this contemporary narrative/narration is an exploration of
self. The second narrative focus is still narrated by Tim, but in a present-tense, second-
person, with Whaley as the narratee. Tim is engaging in a monologue with his long-dead
relative, trying to ascertain Whaley’s motivations and behaviour. The third narrative focus is
narrated by Tim’s new best friend, Sar, in her close, past, third-person reading of Whaley.
She is offering her own interpretation of his life and actions. Sometimes she agrees with Tim
8/16/2019 Thesis Historiographic Fiction
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-historiographic-fiction 58/192
58
at other times; other times, she disagrees. These key metafictive elements qualify “Folly” as a
work of historiographic metafiction, and call attention to the work’s fictive status. Sar’s
continual discourse with Tim regarding the motivation and behaviour of Whaley (and herself)
can be read on two levels: as it is presented, and on a deeper level as the metafictive
discourse I am presenting to the reader about my recontextualising of history in the context of
the role of a creative writer.
I have used the concept of point of view until now, as it can be applied in a
narratological context in most situations. But the concept sometimes has its failings, which
have been addressed by Seymour Chatman and Gerard Genette. Revisiting his earlier
examinations of the concept of point of view in Coming to Terms: The Rhetoric of Narrative
in Fiction and Film, Chatman (1990, 140) argues that the term is limited in the sense that its
strict physical definition—the thing seen, the place from which it is seen, or the act of
seeing—discourages the metaphysical extension of the concept to include the mind’s eye.
This opens up a whole range of viewpoints that cover more than just perception or cognition.
Gerard Genette, in Narrative Discourse (1980, 241) extends Chatman’s work away from
point of view, arguing that an even more definitive approach to the concept would be to
introduce the term focalisation, with the following variants:
• non- or zero focalisation – narration from an unrestricted or omniscient point
of view,
•
internal focalisation – where the narration is restricted to the point of view ofa focalised character (includes fixed , variable, multiple and even collective
focalisation),
• external focalisation – restricted to the kind outside point of view offering
limited or no understanding of character motivations.
While focalisation has become an accepted term in narratological analysis, a number
of theorists suggest slight variations. Gerald Prince, in A Point of View on Focalization
(2001, 44), points out that narratologists sometimes fall into the trap of anthropomorphising
8/16/2019 Thesis Historiographic Fiction
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-historiographic-fiction 59/192
59
narrators, when in some cases the narrator simply is not human—they are more like a camera
observing and transmitting events, rather than a person observing and reporting them. He
then suggests a restricted definition of Genette’s terminology, arguing,
... focalization would not merely cover cases of so-called (fixed, variable, or multiple)
internal point of view, cases of external point of view (in which the focalizer -
character, actor, or instrument - perceives only tangible elements or events), and casesin which the focalizer perceives no such elements or events; it would also cover cases
in which no perceptual restrictions whatsoever apply. [...] In practice, of course,
focalization conventionally entails various restrictions and limitations (e.g. [sic],
human focalizers can only guess the intentions of other characters; they do not know
what will happen; their perceptions are biased, partial, and inaccurate) and, besides, it
also often obeys more locally motivated rules (e.g. [sic], with the focalizer being
unable to read or unable to understand this language or that one).
(ibid., 48-49)
In her book, Focalization (1996, 116-119), Mieke Bal disputes the power of
focalisation as defined by Genette, arguing that zero and external focalisation can be folded
into one half of a binary position, with the other being internal focalisation. This has much to
do with Bal’s commitment to the original concept of point of view and narrative perspective,
and is reflected in her efforts to raise the profile of character-bound focalization (or Genette’s
internal focalisation), which can shift from one character to another. But Burkhard
Niederhoff, in Focalization (2001), offers some compromise in his summation of the
concepts of point of view and focalization, arguing that there is room for both concepts in
narratological analysis, because “each highlights different aspects of an elusive and complex
phenomenon” (ibid.). While the first offers an effective way of dealing with narratives that
offer a firm grip on instances of subjective narration, the latter can be effective where
subjectivity is not necessarily an important characteristic of narration, but where objective
elements of that narration might be important to compel the story onward.
Genette (1980, 215-228), in Narrative Discourse, argues that the narrative whole is so
complex that the only way to effectively apply critical analysis is to distinguish certain
aspects including protagonists, spatio-temporal determinations, and interlinking narrative
8/16/2019 Thesis Historiographic Fiction
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-historiographic-fiction 60/192
60
situations. He further disputes the validity of the first/third person model because of the
inconsistency between the author/narrator relationship and the fictional potential of a first-
person narrator who is also a character.
In an effort to combat this and other discrepancies, Genette offers a detailed
categorisation of narrative levels, and temporal and discursive positions. In the context of the
analyses performed in this thesis, I am particularly interested in his four basic paradigms of
narrator status, which allow very fast and efficient categorisation of a narrator’s
spatiotemporal position in the context of the overall narrative:
1.
extradiegetic-heterodiegetic narrator outside the discourse and the story2. extradiegetic-homodiegetic narrator outside the discourse, but still a character
3. intradiegetic-heterodiegetic narrator inside the discourse, but not a character4.
intradiegetic-homodiegetic narrator inside the discourse and a character
While the preceding summaries of narration and narrative categorisation form part of
a complex, dry, and sometimes challenging taxonomy, I have found that assessing the various
elements of classical narratology has given me a productive basis for analysis of Australian
historiographic metafiction. I apply the implications of these readings to my own creative
practice, especially in terms of experimenting with narratorial manipulation to find the most
effective way of telling a story or bringing a character to life. An engagement with the
mechanics of narration is important for this project, especially in terms of creating believable
and compelling voices, but also in terms of moving my project from historical fiction to
historiographic metafiction, by enabling a clear metafictive voice to emerge from the
narrative. Again, as I have discussed above, the process of writing “Folly” with these
narratological concepts in mind has only cemented my appreciation of their usefulness in
crafting effective narrative voices, both in applying the concepts in my textual analysis of
contemporary historiographic metafiction, and in constructing and analysing my own creative
writing, particularly in terms of delineating what eventually became a complex series of
8/16/2019 Thesis Historiographic Fiction
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-historiographic-fiction 61/192
61
intertwined narratives. Despite accusations of ‘soulless’-ness of narratology and focalisation
by ‘stylistic’ Westerners, the taxonomy developed by Genette and others is an effective way
of classifying and understanding techniques of narrative, and, in particular, typologies of
narration and voice.
*
This Literature Review examined the origins of and current academic thought around
the key concepts and issues of this thesis. After identifying and applying the theoretical
origins and application of this sub-genre and two of its key techniques, my contribution to
knowledge emerges in qualifying their application in the creative practice of writing a work
of genealogically-inspired historiographic metafiction, and reflecting on the implications that
this creative practice have on my understanding of the theory. The first concept—
historiographic metafiction —forms the core aspect of the main research question of this
thesis, and offers a number of narrative structures that a creative writer can choose from to
build their work around. I then examined the process of recontextualising historical figures
and scenarios —particularly in the context of this thesis, the implications of using this process
in real and fictional auto/biographical writing—this process is a key tool in the writing of
historiographic metafiction, as are the three concepts of narratological manipulation —
focalisation, point of view, and voice.
In the following chapter, I analyse four critically acclaimed Australian works of
historiographic metafiction, identify use of the concepts I have outlined in this Literature
Review, and contrast my findings with examples from my creative work, “Folly”.
8/16/2019 Thesis Historiographic Fiction
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-historiographic-fiction 62/192
62
Chapter 4: Textual Analysis
The following analyses explore the various technical and thematic challenges I have
faced throughout my creative practice, along with the solutions (and a number of failures and
dead-ends of a kind that novelists invariably confront in their writing) that I found through
reading a series of critically acclaimed works of fiction and creative nonfiction. I focus on
writers of Australian historiographic metafiction—including Kate Grenville, Richard
Flanagan, and Louis Nowra—and apply the knowledge I gained in my Literature Review in
my analyses to position myself as an emerging author in the Australian field, and contrast my
findings with comparisons to my own creative practice, the novella, “Folly”.
In Section 1— Does Historiographic Metafiction just deal with the big issues? —I
focus on the techniques involved in writing a work of historiographic metafiction. While my
writing incorporates historical events, my novella examines the personal through the
historical, and in certain instances rewrites, or recontextualises what may or may not have
happened in Thomas Whaley’s life. By adding a metafictive discourse that argues the merits
of this recontextualisation, my novella transforms from historical fiction into a work of what
Nünning (2004, 362) terms implicit historiographic metafiction, eschewing the grand,
hegemonic narratives of history, and focusing on the more intimate forces influencing
personal narratives. Again, the section involves a discussion about the choices I have made
within the context of what I have learned from other established authors.
In Section 2— Recontextualising Reality and Its Characters —I focus on the technique
of recontextualising historical figures and scenarios, and the ways in which I addressed the
problems of incorporating real-life characters and incidents in both the historical and
contemporary narratives of my novella. My aim was to find effective techniques to portray
real and fictional people from mine and Tom’s lives. I also examine the process of choosing
8/16/2019 Thesis Historiographic Fiction
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-historiographic-fiction 63/192
63
and recontextualising these characters, and creating entirely fictional characters and situations
that compel the narratives forward. This analysis draws on the work of contemporary
Australian authors, and contrasts the findings with my own creative work.
Finally, in Section 3— Telling Stories in Character —I examine the process of
narratorial manipulation, where the use of multiple voices and points of view allows
complex narrative patterning. I speak here of the challenges of choosing the most appropriate
voices, registers, and modes of narration I have found to move the narrative forward, and the
methods I devised to shape those voices and their narrative framework into an effective
multi-narrative storyline. Here too, I draw on lessons and warnings gained from the
experiences of other writers. This process, combined with the recontextualisation of historical
figures and scenarios in the context of a narrative discourse, results in historiographic
metafiction.
Section 1: Does Historiographic Metafiction just Deal with the Big Issues?
In Chapter 13 of The French Lieutenant’s Woman, John Fowles steps away from his
omniscient, third-person narrative voice and, in a direct act of metafictive, authorial
intervention, steps back in as Wayne Booth’s (1996, 125) real author , asserting that he has
every right to manipulate his characters and his story however he chooses (even as he admits
that his characters eventually take on their own lives in a fictional version of free will).
My characters still exist, and in a reality no less, or no more, real than the one I have just broken. Fiction is woven into all, as a Greek observed some two and a half
thousand years ago. I find this new reality (or unreality) more valid; and I would haveyou share my own sense that I do not fully control these creatures of my mind, any
more than you control—however hard you try, [...]—your children, colleagues,
friends, or even yourself. But this is preposterous? A character is either 'real' or
'imaginary'? If you think that, hypocrite lecteur , I can only smile. You do not even
think of your own past as quite real; you dress it up, you gild it or blacken it, censor it,
tinker with it ... fictionalize it, in a word, and put it away on a shelf—your book, your
romanced autobiography. We are all in flight from the real reality. That is a basic
definition of Homo Sapiens.
(Fowles 1969, 99)
8/16/2019 Thesis Historiographic Fiction
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-historiographic-fiction 64/192
64
By the close of the novel, Fowles has offered the reader a number of alternate
endings, and an authorial justification for each. Two decades later, after a discussion about
postmodern theories of architecture, Linda Hutcheon (1989, 4) wrote Historiographic
Metafiction: Parody and the Intertextuality of History, and labelled the type of narratological
manipulation in Fowles’s novel as historiographic metafiction (HMF), a genre that “works to
situate itself within historical discourse without surrendering its autonomy as fiction.”
Hutcheon (2010) revealed to me that her construction of the term originated in a joke about
“theory-speak” neologisms, where she paused in the middle of a public lecture before
suggesting that this kind of fiction could be called historiographic metafiction —later,
Hutcheson admits that given the terms origins as a joke, she was surprised to see the term
take hold. While I have not identified any Australian writers consciously implementing the
tenets of historiographic metafiction, on the evidence of Australian and international writing
in the genre, it is apparent that many writers recognise the flexibility and rewarding
challenges that HMF offers as a genre.
In this chapter, I examine the use of historiographic metafiction in the work of Kate
Grenville, Richard Flanagan and Louis Nowra, and contextualise these findings in terms of
my own creative practice. I begin with Grenville’s The Secret River , focusing on the novel’s
status as explicit historiographic metafiction as defined by Nünning (2004, 362) and; I then
move to Flanagan’s Gould’s Book of Fish as an example of recontextualising historical fact
into an unreliable and fantastic narrative; finally, I discuss the HMF used by Nowra in Ice.
Throughout this section, I address the public debate surrounding Kate Grenville’s
involvement in the “history wars” between herself and a number of Australian historians
about the veracity of historical fiction, and the subsequent reaction of three Australian writers
of historical fiction (and historiographic metafiction) in distancing their writing from being
8/16/2019 Thesis Historiographic Fiction
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-historiographic-fiction 65/192
65
classified as such. Finally, throughout this chapter, I contrast my findings with examples of
my own work to demonstrate the ways I have incorporated HMF in “Folly”.
In Where Historiographic Metafiction and Narratology Meet: Towards an Applied
Cultural Narratology, Ansgar Nünning (2004, 362) offers a typology of various forms of
historical fiction. When unpacking historiographic metafiction, he further defines explicit and
implicit HMF; the former represents a form of historical fiction that:
... directly challenges the hegemonic discourses of historiography, [...] The self-
conscious exploration of the recording of history and the challenging of such
traditional historiographical assumptions as objectivity and the reliability of sources
are the central concern and hallmark of explicit historiographic metafiction.(ibid., 366)
Nünning (ibid., 365) argues that implicit historiographic metafiction addresses
concerns about subjectivity, reminding “the reader that history, while it exists as a continuous
collective process, is accessible to men and women only as a narrative produced by human
beings who remember and interpret events from their particular points of view.” This recalls
Michel de Certeau (1988, 57) in The Writing of History, in which he discusses the inevitable,
subjective nature of the writing of history (or historiography). In fact, de Certeau makes
several mentions of the historiographer’s use of the dead within the genre of historiography:
“[t]he dear departed find a haven in the text because they can neither speak nor do harm
anymore. These ghosts find access through writing on the condition that they remain forever
silent” (ibid., 2); and that historiography, “represents the dead along a narrative itinerary,”
arguing,
... writing can be specified under two rubrics. On the one hand, writing plays the role
of a burial site, in the ethnological and quasi-religious meaning of the term; it
exorcises death by inserting it into discourse. On the other hand, it possesses a
symbolizing function; it allows a society to situate itself by giving itself a past through
language, and it thus opens to the present a space of its own. “To mark” a past is to
make a place for the dead, but also to redistribute the space of possibility, to
determine negatively what must be done, and consequently to use the narrativity that
buries the dead as a way of establishing a place for the living. The ordering of what is
8/16/2019 Thesis Historiographic Fiction
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-historiographic-fiction 66/192
66
absent is the inverse of a normativity which aims at the living reader and which
establishes a didactic relation between the sender and the reader.
(ibid., 100)
But the “marking” of the past, and the exploration of these possibilities of history is
not exclusively the territory of historians. Perhaps to her detriment, author Kate Grenville
also takes on the role of historiographer in her novel, The Secret River . While her writing
exhibits elements of implicit HMF in its examination of her ancestor, at a higher, socio-
political level, the author is using explicit HMF to search for meaning about relationships
between white and Indigenous Australia, our place in the world, and in the actions of one
generation echoing through to the present. Grenville’s detailed exploration of her family
history began after a fleeting and anonymous encounter during the 2006 Reconciliation Walk
across Sydney Harbour Bridge:
I urgently needed to find out about that great-great-great-grandfather of mine. I
needed to know what he was like, and what he might have done when he crossed
paths with Aboriginal people.
(Grenville 2006a, 13)
As Grenville’s research progressed, and drafts of her fictionalised biography
unfolded, however, the author realised that her project was bigger than just her ancestor; her
imperative had changed to one that involved a more comprehensive understanding of the
clash and reconciliation that had played out over the two centuries since the colonisation of
Australia (ibid., 139). In fact, Sarah Pinto, in Emotional Histories and Historical Emotions:
Looking at the past in historical novels (2010) uses Grenville’s novel as a case study to argue
that “it is not historical understanding—that is, understanding of a specific time and place—
that many historical novelists seem to seek. Rather, novelists seem intent on using stories of
the past to shed light on aspects of humanity that are presumed to have resonances across
time, space and place” (ibid., 192).
8/16/2019 Thesis Historiographic Fiction
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-historiographic-fiction 67/192
67
While Grenville still used her exhaustive research about Solomon Wiseman’s life, she
realised that a fictional version of her ancestor would offer more opportunities to explore the
socio-political implications of two very different civilisations crashing together. In the
resulting novel, the characters had similar experiences to their historical forebears, but the
implementation of HMF meant that Grenville could stretch the boundaries of their existence
to explore and augment matters that she would never be able to corroborate through archival
research alone:
I was shameless in rifling through research for anything I could use, wrenching it out
of its place and adapting it for my own purposes [...]. But I was trying to be faithful to
the shape of the historical record, and the meaning of all those events that historianshad written about. What I was writing wasn't real, but it was as true as I could make it.
(ibid., 191)
At this point, it is necessary to address Grenville’s role in the fiction element of the
history wars that embroiled historians, politicians, and authors in the latter half of the first
decade of the twenty-first century. More than ten years after Geoffrey Blainey argued in
Drawing Up a Balance Sheet of Our History (1993, 10-15) against the type of “black
armband view of history” that he believed was dominating Australian historiography, former
Prime Minister John Howard steadfastly maintained his stance against the apology that
Grenville and her fellow marchers were demanding. Howard’s position had its roots in his
1988 manifesto to the Australian Liberal Party— Future Directions (Howard 1988)—part of
which later echoed in Blainey’s address as both argued that the time had come to cast off
contemporary white Australian guilt for actions committed against Indigenous Australians
since 1788. In the intervening years, historians from the ideological Right—including Keith
Windschuttle—and from the ideological Left—Henry Reynolds—conducted a sometimes
vicious polemical battle to champion their conflicting versions of postcolonial history in
Australia (Gaita 2007).
8/16/2019 Thesis Historiographic Fiction
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-historiographic-fiction 68/192
68
By 2006, the debate was conducted mostly by politicians and historians, and observed
and reported by the Australian media. But with the publication of The Secret River in 2005,
Kate Grenville was suddenly being perceived as a champion of the Left’s faction of the
history wars, with her sympathetic, empathetic version of colonisation throwing a fresh light
upon old wounds. In an interview with the ABC Radio National’s Ramona Koval (2005),
Grenville inadvertently became a major figure in the history wars, and began her own little
historical fiction battle. Responding to Koval’s question about where her novel would sit if
laid out with others about the history wars, Grenville said:
Mine would be up on a ladder, looking down at the history wars. I think thehistorians, and rightly so, have battled away about the details of exactly when and
where and how many and how much, and they’ve got themselves into these polarised positions, and that’s fine, I think that’s what historians ought to be doing; constantly
questioning the evidence and perhaps even each other. But a novelist can stand up on
a stepladder and look down at this, outside the fray, and say there is another way to
understand it. [...] The historians are doing their thing, but let me as a novelist come to
it in a different way, which is the way of empathising and imaginative understanding
of those difficult events. Basically to think, well, what would I have done in that
situation, and what sort of a person would that make me?
(ibid.)
Within months, historian, Mark McKenna delivered a public lecture— Writing the
past: History, literature and the public sphere in Australia —in which he castigated Grenville
for assuming to “look down” on the history wars and its historians, and for her role as an
author in aiding “the decline of critical history in the public domain” (2006, 100).
McKenna—and later, his colleague, Inga Clendinnen (2006, 31)—raged against what they
perceived as unwarranted trespass by authors like Grenville (McKenna 2006, 97) and David
Malouf (Clendinnen 2006, 21) into the more “accountable” field of history; both of these
authors of historical fiction argued that the most effective way to understand history was by
trying to “experience” the events through empathy or imagination. Grenville (2005) was
quick to point out that she had been misquoted by McKenna, who had argued that she had
said, “looked down on” the history wars, rather than her actual words, “looked down at ”,
8/16/2019 Thesis Historiographic Fiction
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-historiographic-fiction 69/192
69
which is less inflammatory or judgemental, and misrepresented by Clendinnen, whom
Grenville (2007) argued had compounded McKenna’s misquoting with outright lies and
untruths. Grenville also devoted an entire chapter of her memoir about the novel, Searching
for the Secret River (2006a, 122-126), in an effort to undo the damage she regarded McKenna
and Clendinnen to have done to her career.
For the wider communities of historians and authors, the lines had been drawn in
terms of the rights to portray and represent history. Jane Sullivan, in Making a Fiction of
History... (2006), has noted that writers like Peter Carey and Robert Drewe, whose works are
regularly marketed as historical fiction, are careful to identify their writing as fiction, rather
than historical fiction, Louis Nowra avoids the description of his work as historical (2009a),
and Richard Flanagan flatly denies that his work involves historical figures or research, “I
just make things up” (2010). Perhaps this caution on the part of Australian authors is
indicative of an awareness that writers need to tread carefully through global publishing
arenas that have diverse characteristics both abroad and at home.
While these self-imposed descriptions may be dismissed somewhat speciously by
commentators like McKenna (2006, 100) as a “Dan Brown Defence”—referring to author
Dan Brown’s description of his novel, The Da Vinci Code (Brown 2003) as “fiction” (Brown
n.d.) in the face of criticism over historical inaccuracies—it is not difficult to understand why
contemporary authors would avoid classification of their work, in Australia at least, as
historical fiction. Each authors mentioned above has expressed different motivations for this
reluctance to categorise their work, and it seems that many Australian writers of historical
fiction tread carefully when discussing their practice. Outside their public statements, it is
apparent that they are wary of following the same path of Grenville in being accused of
transgressing demarcation lines laid down by Australian historians, especially given
Grenville’s efforts in the wake of the “history wars” to rehabilitate a public reputation
8/16/2019 Thesis Historiographic Fiction
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-historiographic-fiction 70/192
70
savaged by her historian-critics. Regardless of authorial reluctance to classify their own
works, Pinto (2010, 192) argues that it is important to avoid categorising historical fiction as
just “imaginative excursions into picturesque pasts,” as these novels involve intricate
plotting, meticulous research, and “historiographically self-aware considerations of the past”.
If asked to classify my own work, I am not sure I would have as much difficulty as
writers like Grenville, Flanagan, and Nowra, among whose work there are novels that
undeniably have a historical flavour. I am happy to use the “Dan Brown Defence”—while
there are elements of my own life in the contemporary narrative, only those with an intimate
knowledge of my life would be able to untangle what might be perceived as the truth from
the fiction, and I make a specific point in the novella of introducing the historical narratives
as recounted and re-imagined through the minds of another, with all the inaccuracies and
unreliability that such a process might introduce:
:+$3& 9(1# %+ #$()T",/ )";&(&1 #$('T# (,9 [%%/)3 #3(&'.3#- (,9 ;)3(&1 '(++3",3>
+83))39 ,"/.$# ;3",/ $&(,#0%&$39 $% ( 68'. '&83))3& $"63- R +33) &3(91 $% $&1 (,98,93&#$(,9 =.($ 6"/.$ .(<3 9&"<3, 61 (,'3#$%&? :+$3& #$%'T",/ 80 $.3 +&"9/3- R
)%'T $.3 9%%& (,9 $8&, %++ $.3 0.%,3- (,9 +)"'T $.&%8/. 61 ,%$3# $% +",9 ( /%%934(60)3 %+ %,3 %+ P%6\# (9<3,$8&3# $.($ #336# ( )"$$)3 )"/.$ %, 93$(")? O.($ 6"/.$
R ;3 (;)3 $% ;&",/ $% $."# #$%&1](“Folly” 2011, 29)
*
Grenville wrote about similar inaccuracies, unreliability and paucity of information in
her search to flesh out her ancestor’s life. Dead-ends and obstruction had impeded her search
for clues to his character and motivation, and she was forced to characterise her ancestor
using business and official correspondence, along with the occasional apocryphal anecdote. A
fictional version of Wiseman opened narrative doors previously closed to Grenville the
biographer. Her treatment of Wiseman (Thornhill )’s wife, Jane (Sal ) is even more revealing,
given that information about the woman was almost non-existent. Writing historiographic
8/16/2019 Thesis Historiographic Fiction
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-historiographic-fiction 71/192
71
metafiction meant that Grenville could experiment with the character in order to find the right
fit:
And what about that wife? She'd always been a vaguer figure in my mind than
Solomon. Partly this was because there'd been so little about Jane in the records. I'dtried to find out about her, but if the life of men on the frontier was hard to see at this
distance of time, the life of women—especially of working-class women—was almost
invisible. As I'd written her so far, Jane was a permanently unhappy creature, wistfuland sulky. That picture of her had drawn on the three things I knew about Jane
Wiseman: the frequency of her pregnancies, her 'actual state of invalidity', and her
'lingering illness'.
Thinking about her now as 'the wife character' and giving her another name—Sal—
once again freed me from the straitjacket of 'what really happened'. Her health
improved miraculously but her temper grew worse. She hated the flies, the trees, the
sun. She hankered for England. That was always 'Home'. Australia was one long punishment. Her husband bore the brunt of her outrage at what life had dumped on
her.(Grenville 2006a, 189)
Ultimately, Grenville’s portrayal of her great-great-great-great-grandmother in a
fictional context is much more sympathetic than suggested above. The fictional Sal becomes
a reliable source of support for her husband, and an innovative problem-solver against what
life throws up against the Thornhill family.
My own creative practice presented a similar challenge. Tom’s memoirs (1906, 15)
offer scant details about an encounter with a young woman whom he eventually claimed was
the love of his life, a relationship I suspect may have had drastic implications for Tom’s
behaviour until he died. In less than two pages, Tom tells the story of his first true love:
At length I quitted Auch, [...] and repaired with my beauteous Helen to Lyons, andfrom thence to Montpellier, where she was delivered of a daughter who died shortly
after. When the mother was sufficiently recovered to be removed, I placed her in the
Convent of the Tiercelets and allowed her a pension which was regularly remitted toher until all communication was stopped between England and France. Since that time
all my endeavours to discover what became of her have been fruitless.
(ibid., 17-18)
In the absence of other clues, I wondered about the impact such a series of events
might have upon a seventeen-year-old—while this kind of incident has happened before to
8/16/2019 Thesis Historiographic Fiction
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-historiographic-fiction 72/192
72
other young men, and the luxury of time may have offered sufficient healing to allow the
adult Tom to offer such a sparse account of this affair, I felt that Tom’s relationship with
Helen represented a crucial turning point in the young man’s life. Perhaps at such a formative
stage in his adolescence, the loss of someone so dear might force serious behavioural
changes. I searched for more information about Helen, the convent, Tiercelets, and the
nobleman she was related to, but found nothing. This represented an example of the kind of
gap or elision or unfinished story that might be worthy of exploration, and a chance to
experiment with HMF. I wrote a chapter about their first meeting, touched on their courtship,
and expanded upon Tom’s mention of his encounter with the priest. With the exception of the
encounter, the entire chapter was complete conjecture; the beginning represents an example
of recontextualising history in HMF:
^S1 6%#$ #",'3&3 (0%)%/"3#- 6(936%"#3))3-_ .3 #("9 ="$. ( ;%=? ^P.%6(#
O.()31 %+ `8;)", ($ 1%8& #3&<"'3? R (6 #$(1",/ +%& ( +3= 9(1# ="$. $.3 a%8,$
93 Q8'- =.")3 R 3#$(;)"#. ( ,86;3& %+ &3#"93,'3# ", $."# &3/"%,?_
^R (6 !3)3, S(&/%$$3,-_ #.3 &30)"39 ="$. ( 93)"'($3 '8&$#31? ^S1 +($.3& "# (0.1#"'"(, ", P(&;3#? :,9 $."# "# 61 ;&%$.3&- b('U83#?_ !3& ;&%$.3& .(9 #$30039
;('T =.")3 P%6 '%60%#39 ."6#3)+- ;8$ .3 =(# '(&3+8) $% 0%#"$"%, ."6#3)+
;3$=33, P%6 (,9 ."# #"#$3&? !3 %++3&39 P%6 ( #)"/.$ ,%9? (“Folly” 2011, 54-55)
Helen and her brother are fictional constructs, along with the role of her father as a
physician. I do not know the true circumstances behind her relationship with Tom, therefore I
had to construct my own version of history; I was, as Nünning (2004, 367) says of HMF,
transgressing the “boundaries between history and writing, between fact and fiction, and the
real and the imaginary.”
Grenville further blurs these boundaries in her construction of supporting characters
within her narrative. These are fictional versions of historical figures, or simply
characterising names she had gathered from historical records:
8/16/2019 Thesis Historiographic Fiction
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-historiographic-fiction 73/192
73
Blackwood—a defender of Aboriginal people—was there from the beginning, too.
He’d emerged out of that mysterious place where characters sometimes come from,
fully formed and complete. One day he even showed me what he looked like when I
found a photo of Jack Mundy, the union leader, addressing a public meeting—a big
solid man with a magnificent nose and a face full of powerful character. Blackwood! I
thought. So that’s what you look like!(Grenville 2006a, 190)
While Blackwood never existed, Grenville notes that archival records indicate there
were settlers like him who could serve as inspiration for a fictional character. In choosing to
appropriate the lives others in the context of HMF, Grenville expands the cast of characters
she has available to help Wiseman (Thornhill ) tell his own story. In defining the various
parallel and multi-plot narrative structures available for use in postmodern literature, Patrick
O’Neill identifies the embedded or nested narrative as “playing a clearly subsidiary role, [...]
providing one more item of narrative material for the larger narrative in which it is
embedded” (2005, 369). Grenville cleverly plays with the concept of nested narrative in The
Secret River , drawing on the back-story of another emancipist—in one level of HMF—and
allowing Thornhill to use and augment it to his own ends, engaging him in an act of fictional
HMF at a second level within the narrative:
It was a well-made story, every corner of its construction neatly finished, as it hadcome to him from Loveday, whose story it had been. No one was the poorer for the
theft. In this place, where everyone had started fresh-born on the day of their arrival,
stories were like shells down on the beach. A crab might live in one for a while, until
he grew too big for it, and then he would scuttle around to another, the next size up.
Loveday had found a new story, too, involving a girl, a cruel father and a false
accusation. He was not going to ask for his old one back.
Sal looked at her husband sideways as he spoke to the gentleman from Cambridge,
out of the side of his mouth so as not to spoil the pose. Under her gaze he added
moonlight elopement with the daughter of a well-to-do shipowner, and she saidnothing.
(Grenville 2006b, 321)
In the same way that Grenville is recontextualising historical personal stories, I had to
make a choice about my historical protagonist’s final moments. When Sullivan (in Whaley
1906, xxviii) notes in his preface to Tom’s memoirs (Appendix 1) that “newspapers of the
8/16/2019 Thesis Historiographic Fiction
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-historiographic-fiction 74/192
74
day ascribed his death to a rheumatic fever contracted in Ireland,” and then reveals two
alternate scenarios involving crimes of passion resulting in Tom’s murder, I am offered a
valid set of choices around which to frame the death of my protagonist. Each of the following
quotes come from sources that are as legitimate as the newspapers quoted above. My choice
as a writer of historiographic metafiction lies in the most effective version of Tom’s death for
my own artistic purposes. The metafictive component in this process is the discourse in-text
that justifies or argues against this decision. Despite an assertion by Knutsford historian, Joan
Leach (2010) that the “stabbing story is fantasy,” I regarded both of the following newspaper
reports as interesting and worthy of recontextualisation in my novella:
“Sarah, or Sally, Jenkinson is stated by one writer to have been the name of the ladyfrom whom he received his death wound...”
(Evans 1894, 293)
“... another authority records the fact that this was the very light-o’-love who had
passed into his possession from the royal seraglio.”
Isle of Man Examiner , June 21st, 1902
(Whaley 1906, xxviii)
The “light-o’-love [...] from the royal seraglio” in the latter account refers to an
apocryphal story quoted by Henry Green (1859, xxvi) in his book, Knutsford: Its Traditions
and History, and struck me as a fitting end for an adventurer like Tom, rather than death
brought on by rheumatic fever. I wrote the end of Tom’s story accordingly, moving from
Tom’s point of view in the moments leading to his death, to that of his manservant after:
Pevensey squats on his haunches and looks at the figure sprawled on the rough trestle
in front of him. Thomas is only familiar for the unruly mess of bloody hair hangingfrom the edge of the table—his dark, bruised face is swollen and broken, one side
stoved in. The long tunic that offers some escape from indignity is stained darkly with
blood, the wound beneath now empty of the knife that ended his life. How could this
have happened? The manservant leans forward, cradling his own face in his hands. A
dull, painful thumping matches his pulse, reminding him of his own carousing the
night before—perhaps if he had been a little less merry, things might have been
different this morning.
(“Folly” 2011, 98-99)
8/16/2019 Thesis Historiographic Fiction
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-historiographic-fiction 75/192
75
The character of Pevensey is a fictional construct in the same way as Tim’s
contemporary friend and co-protagonist, Sar. While the latter is an amalgamation of several
real-life figures, Pevensey is a metaphorical amalgamation of some of the servants and valets
Tom had employed in his adult life. I easily could have incorporated the following anecdote
in my novella:
During the building of this house, Whaley lost a favourite and trusty servant named
Jack. The intercourse between Douglas and Liverpool was, in those days, very
uncertain, and accompanied by danger, and the servant had been sent to the latter
place for the purpose of procuring a sum of money. This he obtained; but on returning
in an open vessel he was shipwrecked and drowned. The money was found on his
person when the body was washed ashore.
(Green 1859, 149)
But in a story already filled with Tom’s own adventures, and wary of the limitations
of space, I was concerned that adding reference to such a dramatic story about someone else
might draw the focus too far from Tom. This novella uses real and imagined experiences of
Tom’s life to inform my contemporary experiences and existential wanderings. I could never
incorporate all of Tom’s adventures, no matter how exotic and exciting they might be, but his
life offers Tim previously unconsidered options.
*
Perhaps Richard Flanagan faced a similar problem searching for inspiration from such
a wide range of exotic sources when writing his novels, Gould’s Book of Fish (2002) and
Wanting (2008b). As I discuss below in Recontextualising reality and its characters, the
latter novel draws heavily on the life and experiences of several historical figures, and yet
Flanagan (2010) vehemently rejects any classification of his works as historical fiction.
Citing the castigation of Kate Grenville by Australia’s community of historians after an off-
the-cuff remark that historical fiction is more “true” than historical fact, Flanagan sees his
writing as fiction, and nothing more; while his characters might sometimes have historical
8/16/2019 Thesis Historiographic Fiction
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-historiographic-fiction 76/192
76
counterparts, the author argues that readers and historians alike should take the novels as they
are offered: fiction (ibid.). Despite this, on the website (2008a) for Wanting , Flanagan offered
“readers’ notes”, a document offering more than five thousand words of detail about more
than a dozen historical figures featured in Wanting . When I enquired about the availability of
a similar document for Gould’s Book of Fish, Flanagan said that there was no such thing,
offering as explanation an anecdote about his experience on a panel at a writers’ festival in
California, at which Annie Proulx was asked about her research in the lead-up to writing her
fiction. Over the next twenty minutes, Proulx detailed her meticulous methods; when
Flanagan was asked the same question, he quipped, “I get up in the morning and make things
up” (2010). While this statement might seem disingenuous and possibly calculated to gain
sympathy from his audience—the Wanting readers’ notes alone indicate that Flanagan
conducts significant research—the subtext behind his remark hints more at his efforts to
distance himself from the controversial debates between writers of fiction and history.
In Using focalisation and point of view as a narratorial tools, I acknowledge and
analyse Flanagan’s complex manipulation of voice, narrator and narrative structure, but here,
I focus on the status of these novels as historiographic metafiction, a term that, given the
topics of his conversation with me, seemed to make Flanagan quite uncomfortable. Gould’s
Book of Fish (2002) is a fascinating example of HMF drawing inspiration from a historical
artefact; in this instance, a specific document of the same name written by William Buelow
Gould in the early eighteenth-century, and housed in the Allport Library and Museum of Fine
Arts, at the State Library of Tasmania.
Flanagan opens his story using a first-person narrator that throughout the novel
transforms through real and fictional incarnations, or “aliases”, from Gould and the
contemporary, fictional antiques dealer, Sid Hammet, to various eighteenth century figures,
and, I suspect, a fictional version of Flanagan himself. The novel’s first identifiable narrator,
8/16/2019 Thesis Historiographic Fiction
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-historiographic-fiction 77/192
77
Sid Hammet, tells of his discovery of and eventual obsession with Gould’s original
manuscript:
My wonder upon discovering the Book of Fish remains with me yet, luminous as the
phosphorescent marbling that seized my eyes that strange morning; glittering as thoseeerie swirls that coloured my mind and enchanted my soul—which there and then
began the process of unravelling my heart and, worse still, my life into the poor
scraggy skein that is this story you are about to read.
What was it about that gentle radiance that would come to make me think I had lived
the same life over and over, like some Hindu mystic forever trapped in the Great
Wheel? that was to become my fate? that stole my character? that stole my character?
that rendered my past and future one and indivisible?
(Flanagan 2002, 1)
While this easily could be mistaken for Flanagan’s voice describing his own
discovery of Gould’s book, the ostensible narrator of the novel is Hammet, a corrupt dealer in
genuine and counterfeit antiques, whose discovery and eventual loss of Gould’s annotated
copy of his original, illustrated manuscript, prompt him to reproduce the artworks, and
include his own version of Gould’s marginalia detailing the madness of Sarah Island. Thus,
the text segues in the first of a series of nested narratives from Hammet’s narration of his own
forgery to that of the increasingly unreliable William Buelow Gould, a convict transported to
Van Diemen’s Land. After a conviction for murder, Gould was transported from London to
Hobart and finally to Sarah Island, one of the cruellest penal colonies in Australia history;
there he was commissioned by the colony’s surgeon to compile an illustrated volume of the
aquatic wildlife of western Tasmania (Allport 1966).
Flanagan’s Gould extends this role, becoming a historiographer and effectively
introducing the process of narratorial manipulation as a character. Gould and his iterations
detail the colony’s vicious history, along with the madness of his gaolers, from the syphilitic
Commandant and the local surgeon who regulates torture and punishment, to the warder
charged with keeping Gould incarcerated in a seaside cell filled to the ceiling by the daily
8/16/2019 Thesis Historiographic Fiction
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-historiographic-fiction 78/192
78
tides, and covertly forcing him to reproduce paintings to sell; unbeknownst to the gaoler,
Gould is also writing a history of the colony to accompany the paintings.
Flanagan’s finished novel is beautiful, using colour versions of Gould’s fish as
paratext to open each chapter, and to inform the tone, style and content of the prose. Added to
this, Flanagan uses different coloured inks to “colour” the body text for each chapter, and
allowing Gould to explain the origins of each choice based upon whatever found ingredients
he used in their construction. The result is a complex, richly layered, multi-textual work that
demands a sophisticated commitment from its readers.
Flanagan’s discomfort with the term historical fiction —he seemed equally
uncomfortable when I mentioned the concept of historiographic metafiction —does not
negate the fact that the author has written historiographic metafiction. Gould and several of
his compatriots did exist in the early eighteenth-century; Sarah Island was a harsh penal
settlement, in which the real Gould was confined; and the forger’s book does exist in the
Allport library. The HMF is evident in Flanagan’s choice to paint exotic versions of Gould
and those around him, along with a fantastic, impossible history of the already perversely
administered Sarah Island Penal Colony under the authority of a maniacal Commandant and
his second-in-charge, surgeon, James Scott (Stancombe 1967). While the alternate,
impossible history of Sarah Island is impressively wrought, the appropriation and
recontextualisation of Flanagan’s characters is a fascinating exercise in HMF.
Aside from Gould working as a historiographer—insane though he may be as
portrayed here—Flanagan brings life to another historical writer and presses him into service
as the “official” historian for the colony. In reality, Jorgen Jorgensen originally visited Van
Diemen’s Land as a free man in 1802, returned as a convict almost a decade later, was
granted a ticket-of-leave and eventually came to act as a “scribe for the illiterate”, and
worked in various governmental and private posts as a clerk (Dally 1967). When Gould
8/16/2019 Thesis Historiographic Fiction
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-historiographic-fiction 79/192
79
finally discovers Jorgensen’s Official Registry of Sarah Island, he views the bland, quotidian
accounts of the colony’s activities as anathema to “the reality in which we lived. The bad
news was that reality was losing. It was unrecognisable” (Flanagan 2002, 285). Gould
continues in his apprehension of Jorgensen’s “fiction”:
But at a certain moment Jorgen Jorgensen’s work began to outstrip even his master’sambition in its deranged achievement. Though at first he had allowed his works to be
guided by the desires of the Commandant, a seeming cipher of another’s whims &
inventions, he had slowly drifted into his own extraordinary conceit of an alternative
world.
(ibid., 284)
In “Nothing was reconciled: everything was beautiful”: Gould’s Book of Fish and
the Critique of Colonial Modernity, Paul Stasi (n.d.) argues that Flanagan’s manipulation of
historical fact in the novel reproduces the “conditions of production”, but fails to recognise
anything that might exist outside whatever narratives the people have become comfortable
with. Stasi continues:
Flanagan does not rest with a straight-forward contrast between real historical
experience and ideologically conceived propaganda. Rather he directly thematizes thequestion of how experience is mediated, by multiplying the various narratives within
the book itself, suggesting that the truth emerges, not simply, from its recovery and
restitution, but rather from the conflicts that arise when competing truths are
confronted with each other.(ibid.)
This mediation of experience intertwines the flaws of traditional Western modes of
historiography into the cyclic and circular styles of historiography evident in the aural
storytelling of Indigenous Australians that influenced Flanagan in his youth (in Hugo 1995).
In fact, as Gould discovers, and as Xavier Pons (2005, 65) has observed in This Sad Pastiche:
Texts and Contexts in Richard Flanagan's Gould's Book of Fish, there are at least five
iterations of Gould’s book within and without Flanagan’s prose:
1. The original written by Gould and stored in the Allport library;
2.
The version found by Hammet in the meat locker, which includes Gould’smarginalia;
8/16/2019 Thesis Historiographic Fiction
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-historiographic-fiction 80/192
80
3. The second version found by Hammet, which is similar to Version 1;
4. Hammet’s forgery; and,
5. The version Gould rescues from a fire after escaping from Sarah Island.
I am most interested in Version 5 when considering Gould’s Book of Fish as a work
of historiographic metafiction. Soon after deciding to rewrite Gould’s book, Hammet admits
the possible flaws of his project, which is particularly relevant given he possesses the genuine
article (Version 2), which already has been mistakenly identified by an expert as counterfeit:
But I must confess to a growing ache within, for these days I am no longer sure what
is memory and what is revelation. How faithful the story you are about to read is to
the original is a bone of contention with the few people I had allowed to read theoriginal Book of Fish. The Conga—unreliable, granted—maintains there is no
difference. Or at least no difference that matters. And certainly, the book you willread is the same as the book I remember reading, and I have tried to be true to the
wonder of that reading and to the extraordinary world that was Gould’s.
(Flanagan 2002, 29)
X%$3 $.3 %0","%, %++3&39 ;1 !(663$\# '%))3(/83- a%,/(- =.% 3'.%3# J)(,(/(,\#
2GA@A7 (9<"'3 $% 63 (# ( =&"$3& %+ +"'$"%,? c3&"#"6")"$893 %& %8$&"/.$ '%,+)"'$ 9%3# ,%$
3,$3& $.3 3U8($"%,- =.($ 6($$3&# ", J)(,(/(,\# %0","%, "# $.($ $.3 =&"$",/ "$#3)+ $(T3#
0)('3V ()) 3)#3 "# "&&3)3<(,$? Later, Gould finds Version 5:
With great violence, I screwed the page up & threw it on the fire, only to see revealed
on the next page a picture of a freshwater crayfish. It looked as if it had been painted
in perfect imitation of my style. Trying desperately to avoid the conclusion that if this
book of fish was a history of the settlement, it might also just be its prophecy, I then
realised that the book was not near ended, that it contained several more chapters, &
with mounting terror I read on the succeeding page of how—“I realised that the bookwas not near ended, that it contained several more chapters, & with mounting terror I
read on the succeeding page of how—”
(Flanagan 2002, 335)
By now, the fictional Gould is nearing insanity, but readers familiar with
historiographic metafiction will recognise Flanagan’s covert authorial presence entering the
text, taunting his hapless character into madness. Flanagan is not adopting Fowles’s overt
tactic in The French Lieutenant’s Woman, of addressing the reader directly. Nor is he
8/16/2019 Thesis Historiographic Fiction
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-historiographic-fiction 81/192
81
speaking directly to his character like some kind of omniscient, all-powerful god. In Fold ,
Gilles Deleuze (2006, 4) speaks about the Baroque—an artistic style in Europe from the late
sixteenth-century to the early eighteenth-century—and of its tendency to overlap and
reconnect with aspects of itself. His discussion of a multi-level montage created by Leibniz
prompts the following observation:
The text also fashions a way of representing what Leibniz will always affirm: a
correspondence and even a communication between the two levels, between the two
labyrinths, between the pleats of matter and the folds in the soul. A fold between the
two folds?
(ibid.)
By folding the narrative back in on itself in such a way as the narrator themself is
aware of some mysterious manipulation, Flanagan is using metafictive techniques to
influence the narrative and the narrator’s perception of the world or universe that he occupies.
Perhaps the implicit (Flanagan) and explicit (Fowles) authorial manipulation of characters is
evidence of the authors’ efforts to regain control over fictional constructions that have
gradually gained their own autonomy. In an era where postmodern writers enthusiastically
embrace the possibilities of alternate universes, and bend and break the rules binding their
characters, what right of reply do these constructs have to the whims of their creators? Early
in Flanagan’s novel, Gould laments a crisis of identity, and hints at his suspicion that he
exists at the whims of another:
I was filling with the same terror […] I may actually be someone else, that everything
around me was beginning to whirl, that all my life was only a dream dreamt byanother, that everything around me was only a simulacrum of a world, & I was crying,
lost, I really was somewhere else, somebody else, seeing all this.
(Flanagan 2002, 112)
Like Grenville, Flanagan plays with historical fact to tell a layered, multi-textual story
that explores contemporary connections and relationships with historically traumatic events.
In his review of Flanagan’s book, Will Cohu (2002) suggests the work addresses an
“‘inconsolable memory’ [... that] is the guilt and hurt of Australian beginnings, something
8/16/2019 Thesis Historiographic Fiction
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-historiographic-fiction 82/192
82
that Flanagan feels is only approachable through fiction, which puts him at odds with his
material. On the one hand, he employs facts as stepping stones; on the other, he longs to
disregard history altogether.” Gould’s Book of Fish approaches historical fact at a number of
levels, using facts from traditional Western historiographic sources, and blending them with
in “great, circular” fictional narratives (Pons 2005, 69) that resemble Indigenous aural
storytelling, in an effort to an understanding of his (and our) place in history. In the process,
Flanagan also seeks an understanding of himself:
The great freedom—but the great difficulty of being a writer—is that you allow
yourself access to parts of your soul that most people in everyday life, for a very good
reason, leave closed off. Because if they were to be open to everything they feltwithin them, they simply couldn't continue to live. And I think to really write
something of worth you've got to go back within yourself, dredge your soul, and that'sa profoundly disturbing thing to do because it goes beyond simply feeling sad or
happy—it takes you to aspects of yourself that you may not like or wish to disturb.
(in Hugo 1998)
Flanagan concedes in his Author’s Note for Wanting , and in other forums (2008b,
2008a, 2010) that while significant elements of the novel remain speculation that may never
be corroborated, his aims were less about historical accuracy and more about the nature of
desire and its effect on human behaviour. In particular, Flanagan’s writing in Gould’s Book of
Fish less resembles the linear, chronological narratives of historiography and historical
fiction, instead approaching the looping, cyclic aural histories of Indigenous historiographers
he loved as a child (in Hugo 1998). By layering and folding his story in a way that recalls
Deleuze’s discussion in Folds, Flanagan makes new connections and asks new questions
about the past. In a similar manner to Grenville, Flanagan pushes and provokes conventional
historical fiction into the realm of historiographic metafiction by using the self-conscious
manipulation of the historical record to explore certain aspects of the identity of their
protagonists, rather than simply offer a representation of the past.
In addition to the aspects of historiographic metafiction evident in “Folly”—including
the exploration and theorising about the character and motivations of Tom performed by Tim
8/16/2019 Thesis Historiographic Fiction
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-historiographic-fiction 83/192
83
and Sar—the contemporary narrative explores and analyses Tim’s motivation, sense of
purpose, and a flawed and stubborn belief in self-reliance. In fact, the metafictive prose in
“Folly” exploits Tim’s struggle with these characteristics, and their recognition by characters
like Sar:
M(& 0(8#3# +%& ( 6%63,$- #$&8//)",/ $% '%,$(", .3)+? ^d%8 ,339 $% #%&$ $.($ %8$-
P"6? d%8\&3 ,%$ ( &%'T- (,9 1%8\&3 ,%$ #3)+>&3)"(,$- (,9 1%8\&3 ,%$ ",9303,93,$e,% %,3 "#? :,9 ", (,1 '(#3- .(# "$ %''8&&39 $% 1%8 $.($ 93#0"$3 %8& %''(#"%,() )"$$)3
#0($#- R 3,Y%1 ;3",/ ="$. 1%8- (,9 $.($ $."# $&"0 6"/.$ ;3 (, 340&3##"%, %+ $.($]_
(“Folly” 2011, 89)
My novella began as an exploration of intergenerational mores, and metamorphosed
into an exploration of another’s motivations and behaviour. Starting with a flawed secondary
source that had been tainted by Victorian manners, and drawing from a sparsely documented
and sometimes unreliable historical record, I conjured a number of interpretations of
Whaley’s motives. As the potential stories emerged from the gaps, inconsistencies and
ambiguities in Sullivan’s version of the historical record, and I started to experiment with the
different styles for my new version of Whaley’s story, I began to recognise the value of
implicit historiographic metafiction in investigating what might have been. This could never
be regarded as a work of historiography; in fact, it only thinly resembles a work of historical
fiction in that my novella’s action, whether historical or contemporary, is filtered through
several narrative viewpoints that render their action closer to opinion than historical fiction.
*
If the four published novels analysed here were placed within a spectrum that ran
from Nünning’s implicit to explicit historiographic metafiction, Grenville’s The Secret
River —with its overt message of searching for contemporary understanding of a national
issue by trying to establish an empathic position through the thinly disguised historical
8/16/2019 Thesis Historiographic Fiction
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-historiographic-fiction 84/192
84
protagonist of William Thornhill—would sit comfortably at the explicit end of the scale.
Flanagan’s Wanting and Gould’s Book of Fish, while subtly addressing larger, human issues,
takes a more covert approach in constructing their characters and manipulating them in a
narrative context. As such, both novels could be placed at the opposite end of the spectrum to
Grenville’s novel. While his colleagues sit at either end of the scale, Louis Nowra hovers
somewhere in the middle, with Ice and its subjective manipulation of character and plot
neither overt nor covert in its classification as historiographic metafiction.
Nowra has stated publicly that he consciously discourages any description of his work
as historical fiction, directly contradicting authors like Grenville and Malouf, who would seek
to “conjure up the real feelings of a person born in an era that is more than two generations
ago” (Nowra 2009a). In fact, I will call upon this quote again as this thesis concludes, as I
discuss the merits in writing a work of historiographic metafiction that has been inspired by a
genealogical relationship. In the case of Ice, Nowra wanted it to be clear that Malcolm
McEacharn was being presented to the reader through the prism of an unreliable narrator, that
this perception should only be viewed as an interpretation of the historical figure, rather than
offering some reliable impression of verisimilitude. Nowra’s contemporary narrator, Rowan,
only makes his presence known at page 20, speaking directly to his perceived audience, his
wife Beatrice:
(As you know, my darling Beatrice, all I have written about the dinner party is more
than conjecture. Victoria, one of the Reade’s' daughters, the one who sat at Andrew'sleft hand, kept a diary, and next day recorded everything she remembered of theoccasion, including her sister Elise's appalling behaviours—as usual , and the
observation that McEacharn has a soft Scottish burr …)
(Nowra 2009b)
Here, Rowan hints at his own historical research, and my exploration of historical
archives reveal that some, but not all of Rowan’s “research” is verifiable. On page 24, Rowan
quotes a letter between McEacharn and a French engineer that could only ever be fantasy, for
while both correspondents had existed in reality, the subject of the letter concerns a fictional
8/16/2019 Thesis Historiographic Fiction
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-historiographic-fiction 85/192
85
narrative device introduced by Nowra in the opening pages of the novel. And so Nowra’s
Rowan establishes a pattern of occasional intercessions into McEacharn’s historical narrative,
on one level hinting through the amateur biographer’s questionable sanity that as a narrator,
he actually might not be reliable, and on another level offering a one-sided dialogue on behalf
of the despairing husband in the hope of waking the unconscious wife through professional
outrage:
(Perhaps these policemen protected him from a sudden inexplicable, brutal attack by
one of those men whose internal turmoil is only matched by their indiscriminate
savagery. But I suspect no policeman could have saved you, my darling Beatrice. Are
you listening? Are you hearing me? You see, it's the randomness that is so upsetting,
the capriciousness of fate that pierces the heart, as it does me, as it did to Malcolm.Blink, groan, moan, grimace, tell me that you are understanding me. I am trying my
hardest to fill in the gaps in your research—and there are many—the putty of myimagination probably annoying you. If so, then open your eyes in wonderful
indignation...)
(ibid., 43)
This is effectively a concession from Rowan about his own efforts at historiographic
metafiction, as he describes elements of his flawed research and writing process as only “a
humble echo” of Beatrice’s professional practice, and that his work involves “cutting
corners” and struggling to “explain what I can only guess at” (ibid., 153). In fact, Rowan’s
meta-narrative echoes Grenville’s explanation of her own creative practice, as he justifies his
intuitive leaps, “I can say to you, my darling, that the evidence I have found points to this
and, of course, I have the required empathy to make connections, draw conclusions where
others in my position, in our position, couldn't” (ibid., 157). Where the historian or the
biographer might have some professional imperative to abide by historical truths, Rowan and
those real-life counterparts who indulge in historiographic metafiction can manipulate their
narratives according to their own purposes.
While my writing in “Folly” may not go so far as to use metafictive techniques to
manipulate the narrative in the explicit manner that Nowra uses Rowan to do so, I have
consciously used narratorial manipulation to take the novella from conventional historical
8/16/2019 Thesis Historiographic Fiction
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-historiographic-fiction 86/192
86
fiction to historiographic metafiction. I will discuss the mechanics of this manipulation
below, but for the purposes of this section of my close textual analysis, I would like to briefly
address the manipulation of focalisation to create HMF. In constructing three discrete
interwoven narratives featuring different voices and focalisation, I established the terrain of
an overarching metafictive discourse that is both an acknowledgement of historiographic
metafiction at a narrative level, and an argument about the merits of experimenting with real
and concocted historical figures and events. At the level of the historical record, the veracity
of Whaley’s life flexes and weaves according to the whims of its original author and its
twentieth-century editor. In “Folly”, a new level of uncertainty is introduced through Tim’s
second-person speculation about Tom’s motivations and choices; then, a third perspective is
introduced in Sar’s impressions of the Irishman that are sometimes contradictory, and
sometimes approving of Tim’s version. In both of these perspectives, the contemporary
characters draw on ambiguous historical events in Whaley’s life to inform their speculation
and to influence the creation of their narratives. Finally, in pitting these two perspectives
against each other as an active discourse between Tim and Sar, I introduce the overarching
manifestation of historiographic metafiction. My Literature Review into historiographic
metafiction and the techniques of recontextualisation of historical figures and scenarios and
narratorial manipulation offered me a limited theoretical understanding of these concepts;
while my textual analyses of the historiographic metafiction offered a third party applied
understanding of the same concepts. But it was only after experimenting with these concepts
in the direct applied creative practice of writing “Folly” that I could appreciate their value in
exploring the alternate experiences of my historical protagonist: in particular the increased
flexibility available in the process of character formation; the lesser ethical considerations
present where a significant temporal buffer exists between the author and his protagonists;
the significance of modulating the reader’s consonance and dissonance between the narrator
8/16/2019 Thesis Historiographic Fiction
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-historiographic-fiction 87/192
87
and protagonists; the possibilities opened in a wide variety of choices offered in ambiguities
and elisions in the historical record; the effectiveness of second-person voice in modulating
the dissonance evident when a narrator relates a story about a historical protagonist; and the
usefulness of narratological taxonomies in classifying, understanding, and applying narration
and voice.
*
In History & Criticism, philosopher Dominick La Capra (1985, 128) argues that “the
past arrives in the form of texts and textualized remainders—memoirs, reports, published
writings, archives, monuments, and so forth”. Linda Hutcheon (1989, 11) extends this
argument in Historiographic Metafiction: Parody and the Intertextuality of History,
suggesting that all of these texts manoeuvre and interact with each other in complex ways. In
writing my novella, I have drawn inspiration from newspaper accounts, journals and
memoirs, anecdotes and innuendo, intertextuality and invention. I have appropriated the lives
of others, subverted my own memories, and conjured fictional people and alternate histories
from my imagination. In examining the confluence of historiographic metafiction and
narratology, Ansgar Nünning (2004, 122) concludes that humans tell stories in order to find
meaning in chaos. He states that when we look back on our own lives and the lives of others,
we use narrative to “impose ... specific narrative shape[s] on events” (ibid.), rather than
offering transparent, objective accounts of historical reality. “Folly”—in its various
manifestations of historiographic metafiction, recontextualisation and narratorial
manipulation—represents one example of Nünning’s “search for explanations, for answers to
the question, ‘Why?’” (ibid.) While, to paraphrase Nünning, my novella can never be seen
only as an act of exact mimesis of history, I have engaged in an act of “subjective,
retrospective construction” (ibid.) in order to explore the behaviour of a historical figure. At
8/16/2019 Thesis Historiographic Fiction
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-historiographic-fiction 88/192
88
the same time, as a creative writer creating a metafictive text, I am exploiting Flanagan’s
“great freedom” (in Hugo 1998) to explore desirable and not-so-desirable facets of my own
existence.
Flanagan (in Pons 2005, 69) argues that traditional Western forms of historiography—
with their linear chronologies and synchronic interpretation of events and their
implications—can stifle efforts to understand the bigger picture and the cyclic implications of
history and its lessons. In a sense, the diachronic narratives in the fiction of Grenville,
Flanagan, and Nowra have been created after these authors identified and speculated on gaps,
inconsistencies or ambiguities in the historical record, and then incorporated these
speculations in a wider narrative discourse about history. Lubomir Dole!el writes in Fictional
and Historical Narrative: Meeting the Postmodernist Challenge (2002, 258) of the
implications of gaps in the narrative to his possible worlds model of narratology, whether
fictional or historical. In a fictional universe, the gaps can only be ontological in nature, for
they came into being in the act of creating that universe. In history, however, gaps in the
historical record are epistemological and limited by human knowledge. The spectrum of
reliability between gaps and conjecture in both universes, therefore, is defined by a “degree
of probability” or “plausible conjecture” (ibid.). While historians and historiographers are
constrained by epistemological limitations, those authors who are prepared to admit to “just
making things up,” are only limited by their ontological leanings (ibid.).
*
The first section of this chapter analysed the creation of implicit and explicit
historiographic metafiction by Kate Grenville, Louis Nowra and Richard Flanagan, and
contrasted my findings with examples of historiographic metafiction from my creative work,
“Folly”. In the next section, I analyse the use of recontextualisation in the same novels as a
8/16/2019 Thesis Historiographic Fiction
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-historiographic-fiction 89/192
89
key technique in the writing of historiographic metafiction, and contrast its use by Grenville,
Nowra and Flanagan with my uses of the technique in “Folly”.
Section 2: Recontextualising Reality and Its Characters
One of the key concerns I faced while writing the creative component of this research
was the act of writing about historical and contemporary nonfiction characters. “Folly”
incorporates a multi-narrative storyline, and two of its protagonists are based on real people:
Tom Whaley (1766-1800), and Tim Milfull. As such, if I chose to recontextualise these two
characters, the need inevitably would arise to incorporate the characters and characteristics of
actual people who lived in the same timeframes. I have already discussed the implications of
using Tom as a real-life character, along with the unlikely possibility of including any other
historical real-life characters outside major historical figures including Prince George, Tom’s
brother-in-law, Lord Clarence, and George “Beau” Brummell. Most, if not all, of the other
characters in the historical narrative would be fictional constructs chosen and manipulated in
order to advance, restrain, or stabilise the storyline.
In the contemporary narrative, however, matters became a little more complicated. I
was creating a fictional version of myself, and painting variations of certain incidents in my
life on the page. Unlike Tom’s narrative—where I had the luxury of two centuries to buffer
me from any implications of creating fictional versions of actual people—the contemporary
narrative carries the risk of offending people, or compromising friendships and other
relationships by fictionalising actual contemporary people and incidents.
I shall discuss below the influences various fictional and real-life characters have
upon each other in this novella, and the ways in which I delineated their characters and
voices. In this section, however, I am concerned with the challenges and implications of
recontextualising contemporary people. While most writers of fiction make conscious
8/16/2019 Thesis Historiographic Fiction
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-historiographic-fiction 90/192
90
decisions to recontextualise reality—and many do so without compunction or consideration
for the characters or scenarios they use—I made a personal decision to be careful when
recontextualising actual figures and incidents in my writing; therefore, I turned to my reading
for inspiration, seeking out a number of Australian novels that in some way used the process
of recontextualisation to incorporate historical characters in their stories.
Louis Nowra’s historical novel, Ice (2008) can be classified as implicit
historiographic metafiction and features multiple narratives and voices that also will be
examined below. For the purposes of this section, however, I examine the novel in the
context of Nowra’s recontextualisation of a real-life person. The historical narrative thread in
Ice follows the real-life figure, Malcolm McEacharn; a less substantial contemporary
narrative thread follows the fictional biographer, Rowan Doyle, as he finishes the biography
started by his now gravely ill wife, Beatrice.
According to the historical record (Dunstan 1986), Malcolm McEacharn was a
typically larger-than-life nineteenth-century figure: a self-made man who built up a massive
fortune on the back of a Victorian-era obsession with industry and technology. He
revolutionalised refrigerated transport in a time when export industries were becoming large-
scale, modernised Melbourne’s transport system, became mayor of the city, represented the
region in federal parliament, and permanently changed the face of his adopted city.
McEacharn’s achievements were many, and his exploits and adventures similar in number,
offering ideal elements for biography or other life-writing, and understandably presenting as
attractive a protagonist to Nowra, as I found Tom.
While I discuss narrative, voice and stylistic choices below, I am primarily concerned
at this point with Nowra’s choices in terms of characterisation. At first, the identity of the
narrator or implied author is unclear—in Ramona Koval’s (2008) Radio National interview
with Louis Nowra, he is identified as “Rowan”, which is an anagram of “Nowra”—and
8/16/2019 Thesis Historiographic Fiction
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-historiographic-fiction 91/192
91
Rowan is gradually revealed to be a professional translator or interpreter who has reluctantly
taken on a role as a life writer or biographer. But this is where the fictional similarities to
Nowra end. This may be seen as an effective distancing technique to isolate Rowan from
Nowra, but there also are some technical choices on Nowra’s part that eventually diminish
Rowan as a character, almost making him obsolete. Peter Rose, in The Australian (2008, 23),
observes that, “the anguished Rowan, unable like McEacharn to cope with the idea of his
wife’s death, admits that he has failed to distinguish between himself and McEacharn.”
Recontextualising McEacharn certainly provides an alternate reading of the
industrialist, but rendering the fictional McEacharn through the filter of Rowan adds another
complex, unstable layer to the character. While his public life was quite well documented in
the historical record, the industrialist’s private life was less well-known, prompting Nowra
(2009a) to consider the poetic license of recontextualisation, “[Once] I understood I would
never know enough about Malcolm and Andrew I felt free to invent, just as Rowan does.”
Thus, Nowra scatters his prose with fact and fantasy. Written in an expository style, and
opening with a grand, entirely fictional tableau featuring a steamship towing a huge iceberg
into Sydney Harbour to ease the heatstroke of a waiting, slavering crowd, the prose setting
the scene foregrounds the circumstances leading to this momentous event, and introduces the
character of McEacharn. Throughout the rest of the novel, save for the occasional, very brief
interruption by the fictional narrator to clarify matters in the present, Nowra methodically
documents the industrialist’s life, from his birth to a grand but tragically short love affair and
marriage that would haunt him for the rest of his life, and on to his death in Melbourne after a
lifetime of achievement.
Without a background in writing, Rowan cannot offer much more than vast tracts of
exposition explaining what McEacharn did, and then what he did next. This sometimes
uncomfortable exposition can all be explained to some extent by Rowan’s lack of
8/16/2019 Thesis Historiographic Fiction
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-historiographic-fiction 92/192
92
qualifications—he struggles in his attempt to finish something his wife started in the hope
that she will awake from the coma when he does so. But his inexperience and fragile mental
health does not explain adequately why Rowan tends towards wild speculation about
McEacharn’s exploits. In addition to opening the novel with a fantastic, fictional anecdote
about an iceberg in Sydney Harbour, Nowra has Rowan wonder about the doomed love affair
between Ann and Malcolm, and, later, an unhealthy, typically Victorian obsession with
foetuses, spiritualism, and waxworks.
As a literary trope within the genre of historical fiction, the occasional reinterpretation
of Malcolm’s life is entirely feasible, especially given that this is a work of historical fiction.
While this reinterpretation is an interesting choice in terms of recontextualising McEacharn’s
life, Nowra (2009a) has admitted a personal distaste for the genre:
My problem with historical novels is one of suspended disbelief. I can never believe
that a writer can truly conjure up the real feelings of a person born in an era that is
more than two generations ago, that is, within the lifetime of our grandparents. It’s
why I get testy with writers saying their historical novel is a better reflection and/or
closer to the truth of historical events and characters than a historian can manage.
Essentially historical novelists implant their own cultural and political attitudes onto
the historical characters and events. I did want to make it completely obvious thatRowan, who is telling Beatrice, his wife, about the life of McEacharn, is giving his
own interpretation of the man she wanted to write a biography of.
Influences can be drawn between Nowra’s work and my research and application of
its findings. While we both draw upon the historical record and archives, as noted in above in
Chapter 2, I also have access to what amounts to a primary source in Whaley’s writing,
flawed though it may be in its unreliable narration and with its Victorian editing. Originally,
there were two handwritten copies of the memoirs. Whaley had wanted them published after
his death, but both sets quickly disappeared after 1800, with one reappearing in the late
nineteenth-century to be discovered by Edward Sullivan. I discovered that this set of actual
hand-tooled, leather-bound memoirs themselves had been stolen from the Library of London
some time since 2004. I also have a number of newspaper accounts that often support the
8/16/2019 Thesis Historiographic Fiction
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-historiographic-fiction 93/192
93
accounts offered in the memoir, but sometimes dramatically contradict Whaley’s version of
his own life.
After publishing Ice, Nowra admitted that he fabricated and filled gaps in the
historical record of McEacharn through his own poetic license. Nowra (2009b, 24)—and by
association, Rowan—allude in Ice to correspondence between McEacharn and French
engineer, Eugene Nicholle:
As Malcolm later wrote to the Frenchman, It was the perfect preservation of the
youth's long eyelashes that unnerved me; I expected his eyes to open at any moment .
In the space of one sentence, Nowra moves from the historical record to a fictional
incident in McEacharn’s life: Eugene Nicolle (1823-1909) was a French engineer who lived
in Australia and worked with McEacharn (Barnard 1974), while the body of the “youth”
referred to by McEacharn was frozen in the fictional iceberg McEacharn recovered from the
Antarctic. A fictitious incident is offered elsewhere in the novel:
(As you know, my darling Beatrice, all I have written about the dinner party is morethan conjecture. Victoria, one of the Reades' daughters, the one who sat at Andrew'sleft hand, kept a diary, and next day recorded everything she remembered of the
occasion, including her sister Elise's appalling behaviours—as usual , and the
observation that McEacharn has a soft Scottish burr .)
(Nowra 2009b, 29)
While Rowan argues the veracity of the incident based upon a diary he had recovered,
we know that even if Victoria Reade had existed and met McEacharn and his business
partner, the incident overshadowing the meeting—the delivery of an iceberg to Sydney—was
entirely fictional. I have used similar techniques in my own writing. While Tom’s arrest,
incarceration, and rescue from Bridewell can be corroborated in his sparse account of the
incidents, I can only imagine the detailed circumstances. According to the memoir (Whaley
1906, 329), Tom was apprehended after his return from France, imprisoned, and freed by his
brother-in-law; in the memoir there is a small reference to the warden’s “homemade
8/16/2019 Thesis Historiographic Fiction
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-historiographic-fiction 94/192
94
champaign and claret” and an encounter with his daughter, “a stout, athletic wench” (Whaley
1906, 329-331). Beyond these fragments, I had little else to work with, and set about
recontextualising the circumstances leading to the arrest: a fabricated debt to White’s
gambling house; a meeting of the fictional Chiswick Chapter of the Hellfire Club; the wager
that places Tom in the hands of the law; the conditions in Bridewell; the detailed encounter
with the jailer and his daughter; and his subsequent rescue. Thus, I fabricated a
comprehensive framework around the slim details provided by the memoirs.
These techniques have been used successfully elsewhere. Nowra’s epic impression of
McEacharn’s love affair set over decades also is a classic literary trope; therefore all of the
ingredients exist here for a work of historical fiction intertwined with the modern tragedy of
Rowan and Beatrice. Nowra makes the interesting decision to invest this untrained, creatively
talentless, and possibly traumatised narrator with the task of telling a story. Narratively,
Rowan’s decision to take up where his wife left off is completely understandable—he hopes
that this work will help rouse Beatrice:
You mentioned to me that Ann was the key to Malcolm, but you never elaborated.
Since I began writing this biography of Malcolm for you, I keenly missed her. Where
was she? [...] As you said, you cannot write about Malcolm without writing about his
great love, just as I cannot write about him without reference to you, because you are
inextricably tied to your subject as he was to Ann and you to me.(Nowra 2009b, 62)
As Rowan gradually reveals the details of his relationship with Beatrice, along with
the circumstances of her coma, both narrative threads become progressively more difficult,
unsettling and destabilising. In a series of thinly-veiled admissions, Rowan hints at his
failings and fabrications as a researcher, and admits his own shortcomings as a biographer:
I had initially hoped that, in writing Ice for you, it would merely be a humble echo ofyour research, but as you never finished researching the book—and, indeed, I am
amazed at how sketchy and bare some of the information is—I have had to cutcorners, do my own digging, even though I am not an expert like you, and even stoop
to explain what I can only guess at.
(ibid., 153)
8/16/2019 Thesis Historiographic Fiction
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-historiographic-fiction 95/192
95
And I hear you asking from your own dark chamber, How do you know this? And I
can say to you, my darling, that the evidence I have found points to this and, of
course, I have the required empathy to make connections, draw conclusions where
others in my position, in our position, couldn't. Evidence? you ask.
(ibid., 157)
How do I know he thought these things? Remember, it was almost eight months ago
when you wondered out loud if Nicolle's papers were held in any Australian archives.
We were smoking a joint and you said that the brilliant Frenchman may have written
about his colleague. If he has, you said, half in hope, then it would give me another
angle on Malcolm—or another layer at least. Because he was a man of layers. Everyindividual consists of a layered self, with some layers hidden beneath the threshold of
consciousness but constituting, nevertheless, the individual's identity. These were partof a series of thoughts you scribbled down when you were stoned because, as you
said, it could be a key to Malcolm.
(ibid., 241)
What about this underworld McEacharn built? Is there any evidence for this? I toldher all you had were unsubstantiated rumours of what lay beneath Goathland, but that
I had been able to confirm it.
(ibid., 317)
One could argue that Nowra’s imposition of Rowan’s deeply flawed writing
undermines the narrative in Ice. The contemporary thread might have compensated for
Rowan’s unsound biography of McEacharn, and offered some justification for the
biographer’s instability and warped research; the historical narrative also is deeply
impregnated with Rowan’s simpering madness and idiosyncrasies. Perhaps Nowra aimed to
force the reader into a disconnected or uncomfortable state that resembled the perspectives of
Rowan or McEacharn. Unlike McEacharn’s epic narrative, Nowra offers Rowan’s own story
as a series of tiny, discrete hints that are overwhelmed by the growing insanity of Malcolm.
This suggests that echoes of Malcolm’s obsession with ice might have parallels with the
plight of Beatrice, whose hometown of Sydney, after all, is currently caught in its own tragic
love affair with a more contemporary manifestation of ice. The suggestion that the drug has
played a part in her coma is intriguing, but anticlimactic as the narrative of Rowan and
Beatrice founders beneath the epic shadow of Malcolm’s life so completely that the former
might well have been excised from the finished work without any real consequence.
8/16/2019 Thesis Historiographic Fiction
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-historiographic-fiction 96/192
96
Ultimately, there are lessons to be learned here about balance—apart from the issues
about historiographic metafiction and stylistic choices that I discuss here. In “Folly”, I
intertwined historical and contemporary narratives, and rather than balancing these
quantitatively, I used thematic influences and varied consonance and dissonance in the
respective voices and registers to affect balance. As I experimented with tense—present,
close-past, and past—I began to recognise the effectiveness with which Suzanne Keen’s
(2003b, 36) consonant and dissonant narration could modulate the pace of the narrative and
chart inner growth and character development, as well as allow the narrator to use hindsight,
judgement and reflection to influence and sometimes even rehabilitate their discourse. While
I am not suggesting that the stories of McEacharn and Rowan needed to be more evenly
balanced in quantitative terms, or that McEacharn’s recontextualisation could have worked
quite effectively without the distraction of the contemporary narrative featuring Rowan and
Beatrice, I do feel the separate tempos at which Nowra maintains the voice and register of the
two narratives eventually derail the effectiveness of the novel; in fact, I found it extremely
difficult to balance the three narratives and registers in my own novella. Also, by allowing
Rowan’s poor technique as an untrained writer to negatively affect the historical narrative,
McEacharn’s story is diminished. Rowan’s inexpert narrative manipulation is an interesting
narratorial choice, but the narrator ultimately throws the ship of McEacharn’s story up onto
the rocks. While Nowra may have had exactly this effect in mind, I would argue that the
dramatic differences in narratorial hierarchy in Ice diminish the overall narrative, with the
lesser position of Rowan overwhelming the potentially domineering influence of McEacharn.
In “Folly”, I encountered a similar domineering character in Tom Whaley, particularly
given his larger-than-life exploits. I did not want Whaley’s personality to overwhelm the
entire novella, and I was also aware of the risk that elements of the contemporary narrative
8/16/2019 Thesis Historiographic Fiction
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-historiographic-fiction 97/192
97
could smother my relative. For example, Tom’s outrageous wager at the Chiswick Chapter of
the Hellfire Club:
The carriage approaches; you flex your legs. Even in this narrow street, you have adistance to cover. Your quarry draws close, and everyone lets out a cry of
encouragement. You crouch once more and push out from the rail. There is a rush of
wind, and the carriage looms below. You tuck your knees into your chest and curl
yourself into a ball, cannoning through the roof with a crash.
(“Folly” 2011, 48-49)
Or Sar’s shenanigans after a night on the town:
f3+%&3 (,1$.",/ '(, &3'%,#"93& %& '%60)(",- #.3 8#3# .3& 6%63,$86 $% #=",/
(&%8,9 ('&%## $.3 0%,9 (,9 )3(0# $.&%8/. $.3 ("& $% ."$ $.3 /&%8,9 &8,,",/? R
=."&) (&%8,9 $% +%))%= .3& +&%6 $.3 %$.3& #"93- (,9 ($ $.3 )(#$ 6%63,$ #.39"#(003(&# ;3.",9 63? !3& .(,9# #)(0 %,$% $.3 ;(&# %+ $.3 +3,'3- (,9 $.3, %,3
+%%$ .%%T# ",$% 61 ;3)$ (,9 R ;3(& 80 (/(",#$ .3& =3"/.$ (# #.3 ')"6;#? P.3 %$.3&
+%%$ )(,9# %, 61 #.%8)93&- (,9 #8993,)1 $.3&3 "# ( $.89 (# M(& "# #$(,9",/ ;3#"9363?
(“Folly” 2011, 77)
Like my literary relationship with Tom Whaley, Nowra also shares the luxury of
extreme temporal distance, in that he is immune to complaints by McEacharn and his peers,
and in most likelihood, his ancestors—McEacharn had become part of the public record
through his achievements and notoriety, therefore using him as a character, and identifying
him as a historical figure would seem to be relatively safe. While Mills argues in Friendship,
Fiction, and Memoir: Trust and Betrayal in Writing from One's Own Life (2004, 118) that
“truth must set us free”, she acknowledges that fictionalisation or the use of pseudonyms can
open further creative doors. In taking this route, however, Nowra might have reduced what is
essentially a true story to a complete work of fiction. Nowra’s choice to overlay McEacharn’s
identity with fictional events while offering a metafictional commentary may run the risk of
disturbing the narrative of historical flow, but this experiment offers rewards in terms of the
wider narrative possibilities opened up by such disturbances.
8/16/2019 Thesis Historiographic Fiction
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-historiographic-fiction 98/192
98
Nowra’s stretching of the truth to tell faux stories like McEacharn’s spectacular
scheme to bring ice to Sydney also needs to be addressed in terms of recontextualising
history. In light of McEacharn’s technological and industrial achievements, I paraphrase East
Timor’s Prime Minister Jose Ramos Horta (Cunningham 2009) in answer to questions about
his depiction in Robert Connelly’s film, Balibo (2009): those events didn’t happen as they did
in the book, but they could have. In fact, Connelly himself (ibid.) has been quoted regarding
the liberties that recontextualisation can offer:
Camus once said a similar thing about works of fiction based on fact, this idea that
often the question is not whether something happened as it did but whether it couldhave. I don’t make documentaries but I think that works of fiction can consider
history in a way that is liberated from the nuts and bolts and is able to really get into
the heart of the human experience.
This leaves the suggestion by Nowra’s Rowan that McEacharn may have embraced a
typically Victorian obsession with the morbid and bizarre, which, despite my best efforts, I
have not been able to corroborate. If I discovered that Nowra was referring to a genuine
obsession to spice up a novel already replete with adventure and intrigue, I would simply
envy the author for his access to yet another exciting perspective of McEacharn. If these were
fictional, it seems that this is simply a legitimate and very effective instance of authorial
choice. In my research, I was comfortable with experimenting with Thomas Whaley—his life
and exploits were extraordinary enough; in any case, I also have made it clear that I wanted
the opportunity to experiment with the gaps and elisions in his life story. Like Nowra,
ultimately, I was in the position of writing fiction based upon what would generally be
perceived as fact; therefore using fiction to fill the gaps in Tom’s memoirs was a valid tactic.
*
8/16/2019 Thesis Historiographic Fiction
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-historiographic-fiction 99/192
99
Unlike Nowra’s Ice, all of the characters manipulated by Richard Flanagan in
Wanting (2009) can be identified as historical figures, and the events recounted in the novel
are closely based on the historical record. In this section, I examine his most recent novel,
Wanting (2009), which recontextualises a number of prominent historical figures from the
nineteenth-century.
It was 1839. The first photograph of a man was taken, Abd al-Qadir declared a jihad
against the French, and Charles Dickens was rising to greater fame with a novel called
Oliver Twist .
(Flanagan 2008b, 3)
Flanagan uses two separate nineteenth-century narratives to address the theme of
irresistible wanting or desire, uniting both through Lady John Flanagan, one-time “First Lady
of Tasmania”, and later, champion of the reputation of her late husband. While the narratives
are separated by a period of roughly a generation, all of the main characters are united in
possessing an all-consuming desire: Mathinna—the Aboriginal child who craves recognition,
status, and legitimacy in the world of a British colony; Lady Jane—the stalwart gatekeeper of
her husband’s reputation; Lord John—an arctic explorer reliving the glories of his youth;
Charles Dickens—caught up in an obsession with the missing explorer, an obsession that
ultimately morphs into the last great romance of his life.
Flanagan’s use of perspective and point of view—to be addressed in more detail
below—has an interesting effect upon the reader’s understanding of each character, and
implications in the process of recontextualising a historical figure. In the opening quotation
above, Flanagan is narrating in partially omniscient-third-person, past-tense, offering an
intimate, but slightly clinical, disconnected perception of a minor character and his
thoughts—Aboriginal advocate, George Augustus Robinson (Plomley 1967).
While it is likely that Flanagan drew inspiration for the thoughts of the Protector and
Dickens from journals, diaries, and personal communications, the reconstruction of
conversations, motivation, and internal dialogue of a figure like Dickens in Wanting is, in
8/16/2019 Thesis Historiographic Fiction
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-historiographic-fiction 100/192
100
part, well-informed conjecture, representing a direct example of recontextualisation of a
historical figure. Speaking to Juan Martinez, Flanagan justified his decision to fictionalise
Dickens:
My publisher questioned whether I really wanted to create a character out of one of
the greatest creators of characters in the language. I think to create any successful
character is hard and I'd always wanted to write about the cost of writing. [I liked the
idea of] creating a character who feels corroded by his creations and the only way he
can understand and escape is to continue creating.
(Martinez 2009, 25)
In an intimate example of enlightening the reader about a character’s motivations,
Flanagan explores the mindset of Lady Jane Franklin, specifically in terms of her marriage
(and very briefly offering Lady Jane’s own speculation about the motivations of her
husband):
Lady Jane's aspirations came from the same source as her shame and her energy: herfather. Intimacy between herself and Sir John she had discouraged from early in their
marriage. It disgusted her, his sounds and flesh and face, and reminded her of all that
she had devoted her life not simply to forgetting but to burning out of her being withexperiences of a higher nature. Occasionally he forgot himself and was captive to his
basest urges: at such times she believed herself exemplary in her tolerance of the
revolting bestiality that is man. She endured his clumsy dull repetitions, the finger
exercises of one tone-deaf to flesh. She came to see men as weaker—depraved,
certainly—and in servitude to an uncontrollable animality, which was only the moremocking in her case because it had never resulted in a living child.
(2008b, 54)
Again, these are the kind of inner thoughts that might be imagined by an author after
examining diaries or journals. But what of the more difficult characters, those historical
figures whose lives were only ever recorded as oral histories, or in some fortunate, fleeting
instances, in oil portraits like those of Indigenous Tasmanians, chief Towterer and his
daughter, Mathinna? Historical records about both of these people are rare, with mentions
usually only in passing, and skewed by colonial perspectives. Flanagan’s first mention of
Towterer eschews this stance, speculating directly about the chief’s concerns at a looming
8/16/2019 Thesis Historiographic Fiction
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-historiographic-fiction 101/192
101
encounter with white men, and also about the influence of the kind of tribal lore and tradition
that would be almost impossible to determine given the many decades since Towterer’s life,
and the damage of Indigenous culture in Tasmania:
Then, his name was Towterer. He was standing atop a boulder scree on an unknown
mountainside in the middle of a vast, unmapped wildland. [...] He was a tall,
powerfully built man, careful and wary, and over one shoulder he wore a white
kangaroo skin. Heading towards him along a distant ridgeline was a party of men
whose coming he had feared, but of whom he was determined not to be frightened.
The sacred stories foretold no tragedy; and besides, he trusted in his own guile.
(ibid., 58)
Flanagan’s recontextualisation of Towterer’s story (2008a) draws on the journals of
Robinson, and a portrait painted by William Buelow Gould (both of these men also feature in
Gould’s Book of Fish). While the author’s recontextualisation of Towterer’s daughter—
Mathinna’s characterisation also draws on Robinson’s journals—there is a richer vein of
archival material to inspire a recontextualisation of the young woman: orphanage and gaol
records; colonial archives; commissioned portraits; newspaper accounts of her exploits as a
young woman—one of the latter mentioning of her death by “misadventure” at twenty-one.
Flanagan’s perspective of Mathinna always operates at a distance, omniscient and weighted
with the tragedy of history that carries an anticipation of the contemporary plight of
Australia’s Indigenous people:
... Mathinna drank with Walter Talba Bruney because, other than a few blue ginriders, no one else would. For all that they annoyed each other, the Aborigines shared
something so obvious that it sometimes evaded them, as they sought in the rise and
fall of their chipped cups and rusty tin mugs, in the merge of their old and new
worlds, some answer to who they were and who they might be.
[...]
Mathinna managed to lift her head out of the puddle once. Walter Talba Bruney
slipped the filthy red scarf from her hair down onto her throat, and twisted its greasy
loop into an inescapable garrotte. The track in front of her shuddered. Time and the
world were not infinite, and all things end in dirt and mud. She finally saw herfather’s face. Long, with a slightly bent nose and a kind mouth, it was, she realised
8/16/2019 Thesis Historiographic Fiction
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-historiographic-fiction 102/192
102
with rising terror, as she felt herself being forced back into the wet void, the face of
death.
(2008b, 245)
While the newspaper story tells the story of Mathinna’s death and does not advance
any theories behind the circumstances, Flanagan can only speculate on what was going
through Mathinna’s mind in her final hours. Despite this speculation, Flanagan’s perception
of Mathinna’s final moments—in fact, her final years—offer a compelling argument in
favour of the value of recontextualisation and historiographic metafiction in exploring the
circumstances of wider communities through the experiences of individuals. As Kate England
notes in Rewriting the Past , Flanagan’s novel examines “love and longing and the effects of
longing denied’ (2008, 12), from Lady Jane’s fervent wish to rehabilitate the circumstances
of her husband’s disappearance, and the destructive and passionate effects of Dickens’s
relationship with the young Ellen Ternan, to the tragic desire of Mathinna to find some
compromise in maintaining connections with two lives: one with her Indigenous community;
the other with the new “owners” of her land. By drawing on the sometimes detailed,
sometimes sparse historical record, and speculating on the motives of his characters, Wanting
sees Flanagan offer a similar commentary to Grenville, in that his novel’s implicit intertextual
discourse reflects an ongoing contemporary discourse about certain aspects of Australia’s
recent history.
*
Until now, I have examined the work of established authors and provided some links
to my own practice. Each of the published cases I have examined has been written in a
historical context. In a contemporary setting, however, recontextualising people from one’s
lived experience involves new advantages and disadvantages, especially when the people
8/16/2019 Thesis Historiographic Fiction
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-historiographic-fiction 103/192
103
have an intimate connection with the author/main character. The following exchange was
inspired by my discovery of Whaley’s memoirs:
a(&%)",3 #$(&3# ($ g(&) +%& ( +3= 6%&3 #3'%,9# (,9 #336# $% =3"/. 80 M(&\#
'%663,$ ;3+%&3 $8&,",/ $% )3(9 8# ",$% $.3 .%8#3- (,9 $.&%8/. $% $.3 )%8,/3&%%6? ̂ M% 1%8\&3 ",$3&3#$39 ", f8'T O.()31]_
^h.- `(9\# ;33, '(&&1",/ %, (;%8$ ."6 +%& 13(&#e&3'T%,# $.3&3\# ( #$%&1 ", "$-_ R
#(1? ^R $.%8/.$ R\9 +",())1 $&('T 9%=, $.3 636%"& (,9 .(<3 ( )%%T?_ a(&%)",3 "#
033&",/ 80 ($ $.3 ;%%T#.3)<3# $.($ )",3 %,3 =())?
^R$\# .3&3 #%63=.3&3-_ #.3 #(1#? J",())1- #.3 +",9# =.($ #.3\# )%%T",/ +%&e( )(&/3
0(&'3)- =&(0039 ", ( 0"))%='(#3? ^R$\# 0&3$$1 %)9-_ #.3 340)(",#? ^:,9 R\636;(&&(##39 $% (96"$ $.($ R .(<3,\$ )%%T39 (+$3& "$ ()) $.($ =3))?_
M.3 )(1# $.3 0(&'3) %, $.3 9",",/ &%%6 $(;)3 (,9 8,+%)9# $.3 0"))%='(#3 ;3+%&3
#)"00",/ %8$ ( +($- .(&9;('T ;%%T ="$. ( /%)9>)3(+ $"$)3? P.3 0(/3# (&3 $."'T (,9
13))%=",/- (,9 $.3 '%<3& "# =($3&>9(6(/39 (,9 =(&039? R '(, #33 $.($ #%63 %+$.3 0(/3# (&3 =&",T)39 $.3 =(1 $.($ 0(03& /%3# (+$3& ;3",/ =3$- $.3, 9&1",/?
^S1 "9"%$ #%,# =3&3 $.&%=",/ ( =3$ =(#.')%$. (&%8,9 $.3 )%8,/3 %,3 6%&,",/-
(,9 "$ )(,939 ."/. 80 %, $.3 ;%%T#.3)+ %, $."#? h+ '%8- $.31 +%&/%$ (;%8$ "$- (,9
$.3 $.",/ #($ 80 $.3&3 +%& ()6%#$ ( =33T ;3+%&3 R +%8,9 "$? O.3, R 08))39 "$ 9%=,-$.3 ;%%T =(# )"T3 $."#?_
(“Folly” 2011, 25)
Here, the close, consonant, intra-homodiegetic first-person focalisation immediately
narrows the reader’s understanding of the universe being described. They can only rely on the
author/narrator’s point of view, which is restricted to his own surroundings and interpretation,
rather than explicit knowledge of other people’s thoughts and motivations. The
conversation—with the exception of the reference to the fictional character, Karl—is as
accurate as I can remember, an act of mimesis, as defined by Walsh (2003, 118), who argues
that the technique is “understood less as a copy than as a synthesis—not as plot , but as
emplotment .” Authors such as Nowra and Flanagan use detailed archival research to compile
realistic versions of their historical inspirations, emplotting and manipulating recontextualised
characters to influence their narrative. I use my own memories and interpretation of incidents
and interactions to create mimetic prose that, while an act of recontextualisation, offers a
8/16/2019 Thesis Historiographic Fiction
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-historiographic-fiction 104/192
104
synthesis of my perception of the incident to advance the narrative. This mimesis contributes
to a narrative flow in the same manner as Nowra and Flanagan have used their historical
figures to drive and enrich their stories.
*
Kate Grenville admits to similar authorial and personal objectives in her memoir
Searching for the Secret River (2006a):
Writing The Secret River was the opening of a new set of eyes in my head, a new set
of ears. Now I could see what was underneath, what was always underneath, andalways will be: the shape of the land, the place itself, and the spirit of the people who
were here.
(ibid., 221)
Grenville recounts her research into the story of her great-great-great-grandfather,
Solomon Wiseman, who settled the Hawkesbury River after being granted a Ticket-of-Leave
from his life sentence in the English colony of New South Wales. The author is based in
Australia, and while she has established a career as a literary author, The Secret River is
Grenville’s first work of historical fiction—and the first in a trilogy of historical fiction; the
second is The Lieutenant (2008), set in similar thematic but not quite as personal territory to
the first, while the third—as yet untitled—will be published in 2011.
In terms of personal connection to her protagonist, The Secret River offers the closest
similarities to my own writing to date. Grenville, as did I, grew up hearing vague stories
about a distant, long-dead relative; Grenville’s relative—Solomon Wiseman—had been
transported to England’s penal colonies in the early nineteenth-century. Despite a fascination
with Wiseman as a child and an adult, she also remained ignorant of his past, the
circumstances that led to Wiseman’s conviction, and the life that he led in Australia, chiefly
because the truth of those stories had been distorted and lost over the intervening centuries.
She knew where he had settled upon release, had visited the massive stone mansion be built
8/16/2019 Thesis Historiographic Fiction
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-historiographic-fiction 105/192
105
on the banks of the Hawkesbury, and used her imagination to construct her own mini-
narratives in the absence of anything more substantial. On deciding that Wiseman’s story was
worth investigating, at the very least in the interests of genealogy, but with a possible
biography in mind, Grenville trawled the local archives in Sydney before setting off to
London to explore the mystery of her long-lost relative.
After compiling a massive amount of research about Wiseman’s life in the Old
Country, and the new life he made here in Australia, and yet still in the dark about certain
aspects of his life, Grenville set about writing about him, finishing the first draft of a
biography within a year. Ultimately, however, she felt unsatisfied at the conclusions she had
come to draw about Wiseman, his family, and the interactions and decisions he made in
Australia, especially with local Indigenous tribes, who suffered egregiously at the hands of
the settlers who had been neighbours of Wiseman, and possibly at the hands of Wiseman
himself:
Now, sitting so small in this immense airy night, I was beginning to sense the real
dimensions of this thing. There was a story here that was bigger than my ancestor,
bigger even than the tale of his relationship to the Aboriginal people. It was about thelife that the place held within itself, within its rocks and trees. The place was speaking
to me as I sat listening, and although I couldn’t hear it properly, and didn’t know how
to tell its story, I knew I was going to try.
(Grenville 2006a, 139)
In the absence of enough evidence about Wiseman’s actions and motivations,
Grenville subsequently decided to fictionalise her ancestor’s life, a choice that opened
numerous thematic and narrative doors for her. As well as exploring the mysteries of her
family’s past, Grenville also wanted to explore the impact of her ancestor’s decisions within
the wider historical narrative of colonisation, and how Wiseman (now the fictional character,
William Thornhill) might have reconciled the implications of his interactions with the
Indigenous peoples into whose lands he had trespassed in the name of freehold settlement.
Thus, The Secret River carries more than a few subtexts, including a historical narrative
8/16/2019 Thesis Historiographic Fiction
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-historiographic-fiction 106/192
106
exploring the choices and actions taken by someone very similar to Grenville’s ancestor, and
a broader social subtext about two highly different civilisations violently crashing together,
with the inherent tragedy that such difference involves.
Recontextualisation offered literary freedoms in terms of craft, specifically in terms of
finding the right voice for her new protagonist, William Thornhill. Now she was able to flesh
out the various relationships Wiseman might have had, especially with the wife who
ultimately followed him to Australia. On a personal level of metaphysical or spiritual
enlightenment, Grenville explored her own relationship with, and an understanding of her
ancestor’s choices, along with the long-term societal implications of historical decisions
made by him and his contemporaries:
Changing his name changed my relationship to the character. My great-great-great
grandfather had stepped out of the book now, taking his name with him. He had a
story, the one I'd found in the archives, but it wasn’t the one I was telling. He
watched—sardonically, I felt—as I went on writing in another direction, further and
further away from him. I left Thornhill with Wiseman's quick temper, his tendency
towards violence, and a certain cold-blooded determination. I gave him Wiseman's
consciousness of humiliation by the gentry. I also gave him Wiseman's rough-and-
ready sense of justice and even charity.
(ibid., 188)
While Grenville had little in the form of personal journals or diaries to draw
inspiration from in trying to construct a character based upon Wiseman, she did find a large
collection of business correspondence written by her self-educated ancestor, including reports
and petitions about and on behalf of his convict slaves, as well as other correspondence.
While not personal, all of this material contributed to a slightly deeper appreciation of
Wiseman’s character. I also have drawn on both the memoirs written by Tom, and stories
written about him; the latter are few in number but still quite revealing about his personality
and his exploits. Even small asides, like Tom’s reference to a cheque drawn to cover a
dramatic gambling loss (Whaley 1906, 22) opened new possibilities in terms of research and
emplotment.
8/16/2019 Thesis Historiographic Fiction
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-historiographic-fiction 107/192
107
Recontextualisation also offered Grenville the opportunity to be flexible in her
depiction of Wiseman’s wife and family, of whom little was known. All she had in terms of
information about the wife was a tragic story about her dying after a fall down the internal
staircase of the sandstone mansion Wiseman had built. Other than the fact that the wife was
relatively frail after a life of giving birth to and raising a large family, Grenville had little to
manipulate, and a great deal of scope to play with. Thus Thornhill’s wife Sal became a
mostly fictional construct that Grenville could fill with whatever characteristics she might
desire, especially in terms of useful fears, hopes and desires that might influence or inhibit
Grenville’s main character, Thornhill.
Grenville (2006a, 55) speaks in Searching for the Secret River of finding a special
souvenir on the banks of the Thames:
There were shards of terracotta, smoothed by the river, all the same thickness, many
with a hole in them about the size of a pencil. Old roof tiles, I thought. The hole was
for tying the tile onto the battens. Maybe very old. from Wiseman's time. from
Wiseman's house? I picked one up. A bulge along one side recorded where someone
had flattened it against a straight edge. The inside of the hole was grooved where a
rough stick had been pushed through the clay. Feeling guilty, I slipped one into my
pocket. There should be some special ordinance that forbade the pocketing ofhistorical shards from the banks of the navigable River Thames. [...] As if someone
had nudged me, I suddenly realised, he was here. This, right here, where I'm
standing, is where it happened.
Writing of the fictional version of Wiseman’s wife, Grenville incorporates her
personal experiences into Sal Thornhill’s character:
Everything they had owned in London had been pawned, or sold, or stolen during thevoyage. Even his old leather hat, and Sal's good blue shawl that her father had given
her—even those had gone. But there was one thing she had brought from London that
became more dear to her than any of those other objects because it was the one thatremained to her: a broken piece of clay roof-tile that she had found in the sand by
Pickle Herring Stairs the morning of her last day in London. It was worn and rounded
from the tides of years, but the bulge along the edge could still be seen where the clay
had been pushed into a straight line, and the hole where it had been tied on to the
batten. The hole was not quite round, and its inner edge retained the grooves where a
stick had been jabbed through the damp clay. I'll take it back to Pickle Herring Stairs
by and by, she said, rubbing her thumb over its smoothness. Right back where it came
from. The thing was like a promise, that London was still there, on the other side of
the world, and she would be there too one day.
8/16/2019 Thesis Historiographic Fiction
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-historiographic-fiction 108/192
108
(Grenville 2006b, 88)
Sal became the type of literary device that enabled her author to manipulate and
augment the sparse record that represented the historical character. Here, Grenville uses what
Freadman (2004, 142) terms fictive modelling , searching for motivation and clarification for
the actions of historical characters.
In my own practice, I drew on the attraction of literary freedoms available to
Grenville. Given the unreliability of Tom’s memoirs, I felt safe in experimenting with the
gaps in his narrative—to date, I have found very little evidence corroborating or disputing
Tom’s versions of his life—with the exception of a few newspaper and magazine reports
from the time—and the gaps and elisions are likely never to be filled, unless the primary
source of his original missing memoirs are one day found; even then, the unreliability of
these works put the veracity of his claims into question. My ultimate decisions about
recontextualising these gaps involved speculation and extrapolation; while Grenville had a
separate, broader, societal motive for exploring the possible behaviour of her ancestor, I was
more interested in personal motivation and personal growth, both of myself and what I could
determine of Tom.
My choice to maintain Tom’s identity also lies in my connection with him, and the
personal nature of both narratives. I feel like I know Tom well, even if there is a gap of more
than two hundred years between us; my/our story is just that—“our” story, without the
complicating drivers of societal clashes and national tragedy. Grenville used her writing to
search for the meaning/s behind the complex relationship between contemporary Indigenous
and white Australia, and to consolidate a personal connection with an ancestor she once knew
very little about. My motives are much more ground level, intimate, and in the similar sense
that Grenville was seeking a closer connection to Solomon Wiseman, personal. In this sense,
I feel that I can justify my choice to maintain Tom’s fictional persona as effectively as
8/16/2019 Thesis Historiographic Fiction
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-historiographic-fiction 109/192
109
possible. The more I tried to understand and interrogate the mysteries of this long-dead
ancestor, the more I hoped I could come closer to understanding the processes of
interrogating a personal history through creative writing.
*
The previous section analysed examples of recontextualisation of historical figures
and scenarios in the novels of three contemporary Australian authors, and contrasted these
examples with analysis of examples from my creative work, “Folly”. In the next section—
Narratorial Manipulation in Historiographic Metafiction —I examine the process of
narratorial manipulation, which uses focalisation and multiple voices and points of view to
create complex narrative patterning.
Section 3: Telling Stories in Character
In writing “Folly”, I sought to create a multi-narrative story featuring more than one
voice and register. In order to achieve this, I needed a comprehensive understanding of the
mechanics involved in creating convincing narrators or narrative voices. Anglo-American
criticism has wavered in describing the various modes of narrative voice, from Henry James’s
reflector-character , Percy Lubbock’s extension of James’s work to classify different points-
of-view, and Friedman’s typology of narration, to the structuralist classification of narrative
voice by Seymour Chatman and Gerard Genette (Niederhoff 2001). In the predominantly
European school of narratology, focalisation has become the accepted mode of classification
for voice in narration, despite arguments by theorists including Mieke Bal (1996, 116) that
Genette’s concept needed significant revision. The following analyses examine the novels in
question with Burkhard Niederhoff’s (2001) compromise in mind: that there is room in the
study of narratology for both point of view and focalisation when analysing narrative voice,
8/16/2019 Thesis Historiographic Fiction
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-historiographic-fiction 110/192
110
especially if the subjectivity or lack thereof is taken into account. Throughout these analyses,
I refer to the manipulation of narrative voice in my own creative work.
*
At first glance, the narration in Kate Grenville’s The Secret River (2006b) is
straightforward—ostensibly, the narrator is Grenville herself, and the narratee is the reader.
Grenville offers her reader a third-person, close, past-tense narrative focalised through the
character of recently transported convict, William Thornhill:
Thornhill’s wife was sleeping sweet and peaceful against him, her hand still entwinedin his. The child and the baby were asleep too, curled up together. Only Thornhill
could not bring himself to close his eyes on this foreign darkness. Through thedoorway of the hut he could feel the night, huge and damp, flowing in and bringing
with it the sounds of its own life: tickings and creakings, small private rustlings, and
beyond that the soughing of the forest, mile after mile.
(Grenville 2006b, 3)
Here, we are offered the impression of William Thornhill’s first night with his family
in the strange new land of Australia’s penal colony in Sydney, New South Wales. Despite
the comforting warmth of Thornhill’s wife beside him, the prose allows us to empathise with
the sharp undercurrent of fear and reservation that runs through this man in an unfamiliar
climate. Using Genette’s narratological paradigm (1980, 215-228), the narrator can be
identified as extra-heterodiegetic, or a narrator who exists outside the discourse and the story.
In her reflexive analysis of the process of writing the novel— Searching for the Secret River
(2006a)—Grenville herself becomes a character in the discourse as she searches for
information about her long-dead ancestor. But in the novel, Grenville’s presence as a
narrative force is covert, detached, and distanced from the events that she narrates. Thus, the
novel’s narrator can be seen in objective terms as not having any connection to the main
protagonist, William Thornhill.
8/16/2019 Thesis Historiographic Fiction
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-historiographic-fiction 111/192
111
But the voice that Grenville uses throughout the story is solidly focalised via the
character of Thornhill. The author explains her quite deliberate decision to do this in her
interview on Ramona Koval’s Radio National Programme, The Book Show:
That was tricky because what I didn’t want to do was to step into the heads of any of
the Aboriginal characters. I think that kind of appropriation…there’s been too much
of that in our writing. That didn’t seem to me appropriate. [...] I certainly didn’t feelcomfortable about doing it. That was just a decision I made, and I suppose it’s not so
much a matter of principle as realistically seeing my own limitations, and also that the
subject of this book is actually white settlers, it’s the white settler response to the fact
that the Aboriginal people were on the land they wanted to settle on. It’s not actually
about the Aboriginal response to the white settlers. That’s not a story I could tell. I do
believe that you have to draw on what you know to write well, and I don’t pretend to
understand or be able to empathise particularly with a tribal Aboriginal person from
200 years ago; that’s beyond me.
(Koval 2005)
Historians such as Mark McKenna (2006, 96-110) and Inga Clendinnen (2006) have
mocked the efforts of authors of historical fiction to empathise with their characters,
suggesting that in the pursuit of verisimilitude, the writers inevitably impress upon the
historical characters their own “contemporary assumptions and current obsessions” (ibid.,
27). While this accusation might justifiably be levelled at Grenville in terms of her efforts to
establish “empathy” towards Thornhill’s situation—a scenario that arose out of Grenville’s
efforts to understand her character’s actions in settling in an area previously occupied by
Indigenous tribes—Grenville is quite clear about her inability (and unwillingness) to try and
“empathise” with the Indigenous characters she creates. In fact, the author’s decision to
restrict the reader’s perception to a field of understanding that is similar to her protagonist
arguably is a deliberate act of positioning the reader on a similar ontological plane as herself.
Grenville is hoping to understand a particular period in her family’s history, and the wider
socio-cultural implications of Western imperialism and colonisation; she speaks early in
Searching for the Secret River of wanting “to find out about that great-great-great-grandfather
[...] what he was like, and what he might have done when he crossed paths with Aboriginal
8/16/2019 Thesis Historiographic Fiction
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-historiographic-fiction 112/192
112
people” (2006a, 13). As an author rather than a historian—who is constrained, and in some
ways freed, by the “facts” and objectivity of history—Grenville’s challenge was to imagine
her protagonist’s actions and motivations through the restricted prism of his point of view.
Thus readers are presented with an external, character-bound, focalised perspective,
with the events recounted in The Secret River constrained to Thornhill’s immediate and
restricted understanding of what is happening around him based upon what he can experience
through his own senses. In Levels: Realms of Existence (2003), Suzanne Keen offers two
levels of narration that “may present the experiences of the protagonist-self as reported by a
narrating self positioned very close to the experiences (consonant narration), or it may
emphasize the altered perceptions made possible by a gap in time between experiences and
narration (dissonant narration)” (2003a, 36). Grenville offers the reader a consonant
impression of his life, rather than the kind of dissonant , “informed” reading that might come
with decades of hindsight. As the story unfolds, and as Thornhill gains some insight into his
new surroundings, Grenville hopes that the reader will gain some insight into the wider
implications of British “settlement”. So, while Thornhill (and the reader) initially puzzles
over inexplicable Indigenous practices like setting fire to grasslands, a series of later
observations—along with the insight gained through Thornhill’s son, Will, who has been
raised alongside these Indigenous neighbours—gradually reveal the motivations behind these
actions. There are moments, however, where Grenville’s choice of focaliser changes. In one
instance, this alters in mid-sentence, as the point of view moves from Thornhill to his wife
and back again:
Out on Sydney Cove pulling an oar, Thornhill could imagine himself back on the
Thames, but Sal could never for a moment stop seeing the differences between that
place and this. She was astonished every time at the rain, no gentle drizzle that misted
everything over soft and grey, but lightning and thunder loud as cannon-fire, and
water hurling itself down hard out of the sky, trying to make holes in the ground. ByGod, Will , she would say, have you ever seen anything like it ? and by the livid shocks
of lightning he would see her eyes wide, as if at a circus where some trick was being performed. (Grenville 2006b, 87)
8/16/2019 Thesis Historiographic Fiction
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-historiographic-fiction 113/192
113
Arguably, this could simply be Grenville’s attempt to portray Thornhill as speculating
about his wife’s thoughts and reactions, or to focalise the actions through him, especially in
the latter sentences of the paragraph as Sal’s comments are offered in conjunction with
Thornhill’s witnessing his wife’s physical reaction to the storm. But within a page, Grenville
has moved completely away from Thornhill, and directly begins focalising through Sal:
She was inclined to take it personally about the trees, wondering aloud that they did
not know enough to be green, the way a tree should be, but a washed-out silvery grey
so they always looked half dead.
(ibid., 88)
Again, while this certainly could be an impression of Sal’s perspective reflected
through the experiences and impressions of her husband—especially given the fact that this
observation was “wondered aloud”, and possibly within earshot of Thornhill or someone who
could report back to him—the third-person recollection about Sal’s souvenired shard of roof-
tile that immediately follows feels too personal and sentimental to have been focalised
through Thornhill (I have already mentioned this piece of roof-tile in the HMF section of
analysis above, where I speak of Grenville’s choice to incorporate a personal experience into
her fictional narrative to strengthen an already weak character):
But there was one thing she had brought from London that became more dear to her
than any of those other objects because it was the one that remained to her: a broken
piece of clay roof-tile that she had found in the sand by Pickle Herring Stairs the
morning of her last day in London.
(ibid., 89)
The intimate nature of this reminiscence may have much to do with its origins in a
personal experience of Grenville while researching her novel in London.
Throughout the novel, Thornhill and his wife are presented to the reader as a team
who would founder without the support of each other, and despite occasional lapses into
collective focalisation—“She would have to go on to the streets. They both knew that.” (ibid.,
69)—the predominant focalisation throughout The Secret River is offered through the
8/16/2019 Thesis Historiographic Fiction
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-historiographic-fiction 114/192
114
character of Thornhill. Grenville’s narration is consistently close, consonant, past third-
person in form.
In “Folly”, there are predominantly three forms of focalised narration. As Tom’s life
draws to a close, Tim writes his own version of his death, with a narration that is close,
consonant, and present second-person in form:
&!''#'( )* +, !'# -./'*0'.'1 2"#"! 30'43 5)#6"#( 6/'.(/*7 0!' 8*/5'1 "*( 0!#9303 /0
94 0)6"#(3 ,)9: ;* /*0'*3'1 3!'"#/*7 4"/* -)$'3 "3 0!' +."(' 3./43 946"#(3 /*0)
,)9# 30'#*9$1 +90 0!' ."30 0!/*7 ,)9 5''. +'5)#' 0!' 5/*". ("#8*'33 -.)3'3 /* /3 "
-".$1 6)*('#59. 3'*3"0/)* )5 #'./'5 "3 ,)9# +."(('# 5/*".., <)/(3:
(“Folly” 2011, 98)
There is a fourth example at the end of the novel when the narration is filtered through
the perspective of Tom’s manservant, Pevensey, this fleeting focalisation is necessary for the
reader to be able to make the transition from the early nineteenth-century to the contemporary
narration of Tim. Later, Pevensey finishes his master’s story:
='<'*3', 3>9"03 )* !/3 !"9*-!'3 "*( .))83 "0 0!' 5/79#' 34#"6.'( )* 0!' #)97!
0#'30.' /* 5#)*0 )5 !/$: ?!)$"3 /3 )*., 5"$/./"# 5)# 0!' 9*#9., $'33 )5 +.))(, !"/#!"*7/*7 5#)$ 0!' '(7' )5 0!' 0"+.'@!/3 ("#81 +#9/3'( 5"-' 36)..'* "*( +#)8'*1 )*'
3/(' 30)<'( /*: ?!' .)*7 09*/- 0!"0 5)#$'#., )55'#'( 3)$' '3-"4' 5#)$ /*(/7*/0, /3
30"/*'( ("#8., 6/0! +.))(1 0!' 6)9*( +'*'"0! *)6 '$40, )5 0!' 8*/5' 0!"0 '*('(
!/3 ./5': A)6 -)9.( 0!/3 !"<' !"44'*'(B ?!' $"*3'#<"*0 .'"*3 5)#6"#(1 -#"(./*7 !/3
)6* 5"-' /* !/3 !"*(3: ; (9..1 4"/*59. 0!9$4/*7 $"0-!'3 !/3 49.3'1 #'$/*(/*7 !/$ )5
!/3 )6* -"#)93/*7 ."30 */7!0@4'#!"43 /5 !' !"( +''* " ./00.' .'33 $'##,1 0!/*73
$/7!0 !"<' +''* (/55'#'*0 0!/3 $)#*/*7:
2";"9?- CF>CC7
J",())1- P"6 $(T3# 80 $.3 ,(&&($"<3 $% ;&",/ “Folly” $% ( ')%#3i
:+$3& )(1",/ 9%=, ( 0("& %+ ;%&&%=39 #=%&9# ", ( '&%##39 #.(03 %, $.3 /&(## ",
+&%,$ %+ $.3 .3(9#$%,3- M(& (,9 R #$30 ;('T ",$% $.3 #.(93 %+ ( $()) %(T $&33 =.%#3
&%%$# .(<3 $%00)39 %$.3& /&(<3 6(&T3&# (&%8,9 P%6\#? S%&3 $.(, ( +3= .%8&#$."# (+$3&,%%, .(<3 ;33, #03,$ #'&(;;)",/ (&%8,9 ", #%+$- )%(61 9"&$- 08))",/ 80
/&(##- (,9 $&(60",/ $.&%8/. '.3#$>."/. =339#- ;8$ =3 +",())1 +%8,9 P%6\#/&(<3e%& =.($ =3 $.",T "# ."# /&(<3 ;3,3($. $."# $&33?
(ibid., 101)
8/16/2019 Thesis Historiographic Fiction
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-historiographic-fiction 115/192
115
R, 3('. ",#$(,'3- $.3 ')%#3 ,(&&($"%, "# '%,#%,(,$ ="$. $.3 #$%&1- ="$. $.3 +"&#$
$=% 34(60)3# (;%<3 34$&(>.3$3&%9"3/3$"'- (,9 $.3 +",() ",$&(>.%6%9"3/3$"' ,(&&($"%,?
*
Richard Flanagan takes a similar, restrained approach to Grenville’s in the narration
of his novel Wanting (2008b), while the narration of Gould’s Book of Fish (2002) is complex
and unpredictable. Over the course of Wanting , Flanagan offers two intertwined, third-
person, close past-tense narratives focalised through two major protagonists: the young
Indigenous woman, Mathinna, and the famed nineteenth-century writer, Charles Dickens.
While the two intertwined narratives are essentially the stories of Mathinna and Dickens, the
focalisation gradually swings back and forth within their respective stories through these
characters and their peers. For example, in the first forty pages, the point of view is focalised
through half a dozen characters, from Mathinna, her anonymous government-assigned
Protector (a fictional version of the real-life George Augustus Robinson), and her eventual
patron, Lady Jane Franklin, to Dickens, his assistant, John Forster, and one of Dickens’s best
friends, Wilkie Collins. In fact, while Mathinna is the overall focaliser of one main narrative,
the story of Lady Jane Franklin and the events leading to her patronage of Mathinna, and Sir
John’s eventual disappearance form some significant structural links between the two
narratives, particularly when the narrative is focalised through Lady Jane, or when it is
focalised through Dickens and his associates in their interactions with Lady Jane.
Like Grenville’s focalisation through William Thornhill, the reader’s perception of
the action is influenced by an extra-heterodiegetic narrator outside the story and discourse,
and the narratee can be regarded as the reader. This external, character-bound focalisation for
the most part is also a consonant impression of the events that affect the lives of Mathinna
and Dickens (I discuss examples of Flanagan’s dissonant narration below). In his Author’s
8/16/2019 Thesis Historiographic Fiction
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-historiographic-fiction 116/192
116
Note, Flanagan is careful to explain the way in which he hopes the novel should be regarded
by its readers (and perhaps historians):
This novel is not a history, nor should it be read as one. It was suggested to me by
certain characters and events in the past, but does not end with them. [...] The storiesof Mathinna and Dickens, with their odd but undeniable connection, suggested to me
a meditation on desire—the cost of its denial, the centrality and force of its power in
human affairs. That and not history, is the true subject of Wanting .
(Flanagan 2008b, 255-256)
While Flanagan also admits his “free use of sentences and phrases from Dickens’ own
work,” and that the thoughts and conversations of his characters were influenced by extant
historical records (ibid., 256, 2010), he also concedes that significant elements of the novel
are speculation based upon what might have happened in the gaps in the historical records of
Mathinna, Dickens and their contemporaries. Therefore the external , covert narrator offering
observations like the following is mostly (also, Flanagan’s occasional use of limited
omniscient narration is addressed below) limited to the immediate senses and perception of
the focalised character:
It was, thought the Protector as he closed the ledger after another post mortem report
and returned to preparing notes for his pneumatics lecture, inexplicable.
(Flanagan 2008b, 3)
Later, there is similar close internal focalisation, when after Dickens’s wife, Catherine
stumbles on unsteady legs and her husband mutters about careless housework. Flanagan
offers Catherine’s unspoken reaction to her husband’s criticism:
But you haven’t borne ten children, she wished to reply as she awkwardly got her
balance back. You don’t know what it does to you. You grow heavy, your memory
wanders, your body leaks, your back burns. But she said none of it.
(ibid., 157-158)
In a similar manner, Flanagan repeatedly tells the overarching stories of Mathinna and
Flanagan through the type of multiple focalisations categorised by Prince (2001, 44) in his
8/16/2019 Thesis Historiographic Fiction
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-historiographic-fiction 117/192
117
response to Genette’s definition of the concept (1980, 241). But from the centre of the novel
until its conclusion, Flanagan’s narration takes on a more dissonant, disconnected, partially
omniscient tone. While still focalising on one or another character, the narration feels more
detached:
At times, Mathinna could seem naturally haughty, as if her particular history hadindeed bequeathed that very majesty she had once been promised, as though from her
full height of five foot four she had seen everything there was of people and somehow
stood above them, aware of their failings but without judgement. Some in Hobart
Town regarded it as nigger stupidity, others as arrogance; some said it was just the
grog , others recalled older tales of her witchery. She was easily reviled, laughed at
and sometimes spat upon, but the thought of her played uneasily on people’s minds.
(2008b, 228)
Here, there is a clinical and detached third person narration about Mathinna, and the
focalisation is unspecified—this prose is about her, but not focalised through her. By the
middle of the paragraph, the focalisation is more specific: multiple or communal in its
reflection on local attitudes towards a notorious public figure (my italics). Towards the end of
the novel, a similar transgression of focalisation occurs, as the denouement of this particular
stage in Dickens’s life is recounted, the consonant narration focalised through Dickens at one
point exhibits the intense and personal:
At that moment, Dickens knew he loved her. He could no longer discipline his
undisciplined heart. And he, a man who had spent a life believing that giving in to
desire was the mark of a savage, realised he could no longer deny wanting.
(ibid., 241)
But from one sentence to the next on the same page, Flanagan’s narration moves
away from the consonant, close and personal, becoming markedly dissonant and withdrawing
to a fully omniscient position, before returning to its former state (my italics):
His cheek pressed against her uncorseted belly. He could feel its softness pulsing in
and out. He could not know that within a year his marriage would be ended. That in
the thirteen years left to him, he would be faithful to Ellen Ternan, but that theirs
would be a hidden and cruel relationship. That his writing and his life would changeirrevocably. That things broken would never be fixed. That even their dead baby
8/16/2019 Thesis Historiographic Fiction
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-historiographic-fiction 118/192
118
would remain a secret. That the things he desired would become ever more
chimerical, that movement and love would frighten him more and more, until he
could not sit on a train without trembling. He was smelling her, hot, musty, moist .
(ibid.)
Even as Flanagan’s manipulation of narratorial position in Wanting is multifocal and
occasionally varies between consonant and dissonant, and external and internal, the
intertwined narratives are relatively uncomplicated compared to the narratorial positions used
throughout the author’s earlier novel, Gould’s Book of Fish (2002). I have already mentioned
Flanagan’s nested narratives in Chapter 7 in the form of the five versions of Gould’s book,
but I would like to briefly discuss the author’s focalisation and manipulation of voice.
Flanagan’s Afterward offers an excerpt from the Archive Office of Tasmania that hints at the
various—occasionally impossible—narrators he uses throughout the novel:
Gould, William Buelow, prisoner number 873645; aliases Sid Hammet, ‘the
Surgeon’, Jorgen Jorgensen, Capois Death, Pobjoy, ‘the Commandant’; [...]
(Flanagan 2002, 404)
One could imagine that regardless of which narrator offered by Flanagan, the
reader—or Chatman’s covert listener existing outside the story and discourse (1983, 253-
262)—being addressed from beginning to end somehow is reading one of the five versions of
Gould’s book identified by Pons (2005, 65). In the first pages, Flanagan introduces what
seems to be a contemporary first-person narrator, but within pages it becomes apparent that
this narrator—later identifying himself as the twenty-first century antiquities dealer, Sid
Hammet—is unreliable, lapsing over half a page into third-person, while still referring to
himself. This unreliable narration becomes a constant distraction throughout the novel. The
second and third chapters see Hammet descend into madness, with the subsequent chapter
introducing the convict, William Buelow Gould, who is quick to point out his own narratorial
shortcomings:
8/16/2019 Thesis Historiographic Fiction
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-historiographic-fiction 119/192
119
I am William Buelow Gould—convicted murderer, painter & numerous other
unimportant things. I am compelled by my lack of virtue to tell you that I am the most
untrustworthy guide you will ever trust, a man dead before his time,
(ibid., 54)
This mischievous, flexible first-person narrator sits in contrast to the extra-
heterodiegetic anonymous narrators existing outside the stories and discourses of The Secret
River and Wanting ; here, Gould and his fellow narrators waver between being extra-
homodiegetic (existing outside the discourse, but still a character) and intra-homodiegetic
(narrator inside the discourse, and a character). An example of the first occurs when Gould
occasionally slips back and forth between first- and third-person, a symptom that Stasi (n.d.)
argues is an indication of Gould’s unpreparedness to move from part of his own personal
narrative to a more universal narrative. Here, Flanagan’s de facto storyteller Gould is
focalising the Commandant to tell the story of the latter, although it is not automatically clear
who is taking on the first-person role:
He thought [the Commandant]—don’t exasperate me by asking how Billy Gouldknew what he thought, for if it isn’t obvious by now that he knew much more than he
ever let on, it never will be—he thought several banal things, which I reproduce in no
particular order.
(ibid., 372)
Is the first-person narrator Gould feeling exasperated by the reader’s doubt, or
Flanagan focalising the tenuous connection between the narrator and the reader through the
Commandant’s story as related by Gould? In an example of the second narratorial form—
intra-homodiegetic (narrator inside the discourse, and a character)—Gould indulges in his
own focalisation of another character (Heslop) for one sentence (my italics), before lapsing
back into his own story as a character:
It was a rum thing, thought the mute, but he had no desire to have his hide whaled for
asking why. I slapped Heslop on the back, thanked him for a job well done, but should
have known that the disappearance of Mr Lempriere would not so easily be allowed.
(ibid., 249)
8/16/2019 Thesis Historiographic Fiction
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-historiographic-fiction 120/192
120
And several times throughout the novel, the unfortunate Gould hints at the existential
madness that lays ahead for him, as he flounders in a confusion that ultimately absorbs
Gould, Hammet, and all of the aliases:
For as I was telling the Surgeon of my passion to pursue a higher calling with my art,
I was filling with the same terror that I had had when the peelers were out searchingfor me in the grizzled shadows of my old haunts, that terror that seized me & threw
me down a shivering root outside of myself, huddling in the stinking dirt & filth
behind barrels in dark rookery laneways, the terror I may actually be someone else,
that everything around me was beginning to whirl, that all my life was only a dream
dreamt by another, that everything around me was only a simulacrum of a world, & I
was crying, lost, I really was somewhere else, somebody else, seeing all this.
(ibid., 112)
Pons’s (2005, 70) suggestion that Flanagan is subverting the order of conventional
historical fiction—“its [Flanagan’s novel] point is to echo history rather than reproduce it; not
to set the record straight, as Gould sometimes believes, but to replace it with something
altogether different, a truth of a higher order”—is supported by Flanagan’s manipulation of
both the historical record—in the different versions of Gould’s book—and the alternating and
overlapping unreliable narrators. In offering the reader these flexible, unpredictable
narrations of the same historical scenario in a format that contradicts conventional, linear
Western historiography, Flanagan experiments with his narrative. Discussing his earlier
novel, Death of a River Guide (1994) with Giles Hugo, Flanagan’s comments also apply to
his later work on Wanting and Gould’s Book of Fish:
I knew exactly what it was going to be like—the struggle of '93-'94 was to actually
make it work. Because I really didn't realise until I got into it how ambitious it was
technically. It was a very difficult piece to write and to hold together. I came upagainst a whole host of technical problems that took me a long time to resolve. I
wanted to write it in a circular structure, because I came to think that traditional forms
of narrative were very European-based and very much a straight line. And it always
interested me here that the people tell stories in a much more circular fashion.
Essentially I come from a Tasmanian oral culture where stories are passed on from
generation to generation. It wasn't a literary culture, it wasn't an intellectual culture—
it wasn't a culture that had references in books or ideas. It only had references in
stories and images—its own life and other lives—and they were all in the form of
stories. I had grown up loving these stories. The more I thought about them the more
8/16/2019 Thesis Historiographic Fiction
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-historiographic-fiction 121/192
121
incredibly circular they were in structure and they had very discursive elements within
them but they always came in the end to a very tight point.
(Hugo 1995)
While not as intricate and sophisticated as Flanagan’s complex narratorial
manipulation in Gould’s Book of Fish, “Folly” experiments with the possibilities of this
literary technique, specifically in terms of influencing the metafictive flow of the prose, and
the overall effectiveness of its historiographic metafiction. The entire novella, regardless of
narrative positioning, exhibits a very limited omniscient narrative, rather than the all-knowing
or partially omniscient. The reader can only ever know the immediate impressions of the
focalising character. As this was overwhelmingly a fictional version of the author’s life, Tim
narrates his story in first-person, directly focalising the current action through his impressions
of the world. Tim’s is an intra-homodiegetic, close, consonant present tense narrative, a
deliberate choice that restricts the reader to the closed perspective of Tim’s mind and
experiences:
R (6 (# ()%,3 (# %,3 '(, ;3 ", $.3 %<3&/&%=, ;('T1(&9 %+ (, ",,3&>'"$1j833,#)(,93&? k<3, +&%6 .3&3- R '(, .3(& $.3 #.&"3T# %+ ( ;%%$ '(60 $&(",3&
3'.%",/ 80 +&%6 X3= J(&6 L(&T- (,9 Y8#$ 80#$("&#- 61 ,3"/.;%8&# (&3 0&30(&",/+%& 9",,3&? P.3 S86 "# ;8#1 ')(#.",/ 0%$# (,9 0(,# (,9 '&%'T3&1V `(9 "# '.(#",/
."# $%99)3&# $.&%8/. $.3 .%8#3V (,9 3<3&1%,3 "# )(8/.",/ .1#$3&"'())1?
(“Folly” 2011, 3)
The transition to Tim’s narration of Tom’s eighteenth-century life, sees second-person
focalisation describing the actions and motivations of the adventurer as if speaking to him
directly. This narrative exists first in Tim’s imagination, wrought in prose form. Extra-
diegetic, external, present tense and focalised through Tom, this narrative as seen on the page
could almost mimic Tim whispering in Tom’s ear as he moves through his adventures. But
this impossible, one-sided discourse makes a tacit, implicit acknowledgement of the centuries
and distance that separate Tim and Tom:
8/16/2019 Thesis Historiographic Fiction
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-historiographic-fiction 122/192
8/16/2019 Thesis Historiographic Fiction
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-historiographic-fiction 123/192
123
reflected Tim’s the relationship with his ancestor, and his speculation about Tom’s
motivations and actions.
Without adopting an omniscient or partially-omniscient narratorial role, the action
throughout “Folly” is restricted to the immediate surroundings of the characters: Tim; or the
two versions of Tom. Therefore, I was presented with a minor challenge towards the end of
the “Folly”, when Tom is murdered at the tavern. In order to deal with the immediate
implications of Tom’s murder, and to eventually make the transition from 1800 to 2010 in the
English village of Knutsford, I needed to introduce a new, but short-lived focaliser on Tim’s
behalf:
A)6 -)9.( 0!/3 !"<' !"44'*'(B ?!' $"*3'#<"*0 .'"*3 5)#6"#(1 -#"(./*7 !/3 )6*
5"-' /* !/3 !"*(3: ; (9..1 4"/*59. 0!9$4/*7 $"0-!'3 !/3 49.3'1 #'$/*(/*7 !/$ )5 !/3
)6* -"#)93/*7 ."30 */7!0@4'#!"43 /5 !' !"( +''* " ./00.' .'33 $'##,1 0!/*73 $/7!0
!"<' +''* (/55'#'*0 0!/3 $)#*/*7: (“Folly” 2011, 104)
Interestingly, this transition from Pevensey as third-person past tense focaliser to Tim
as first-person present tense focaliser is the only example of a smooth thematic and aural
transition from Whaley’s life to Tim’s life, as the sound of Pevensey’s commissioned
bagpipes herald the arrival of an Irish dancer, and echo down through the centuries to be
taken up on the iPod as Sar shapes up for her own Irish jig on Tom’s grave.
*
While Flanagan’s narrative manipulation in Gould’s Book of Fish is complex and
unpredictable, Louis Nowra’s Ice offers its own analytical challenges in terms of identifying
and categorising the narratorial manipulation. The opening passages offer no clear hints about
who is narrating the story, and one could be forgiven for concluding that Nowra is using an
extra-heterodiegetic narrator (outside the discourse and not a character):
8/16/2019 Thesis Historiographic Fiction
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-historiographic-fiction 124/192
124
Few, if any, of the spectators had ever seen an iceberg before. Of course they had seen
drawings and photographs but, instead of a jagged, rugged surface, the summer sun
had melted this one smooth, so that it resembled, reported some journalists, a white
pyramid or a massive, lustrous, uncut diamond.
(Nowra 2009b, 1)
In fact, at this point in the narrative, it could be argued that Nowra’s narration is the
type that Chatman (1990, 115) identified as nonhuman narrative agency, where the there
seems to be “no human presence involved”. The unidentified narrator’s voice is consonant,
covert, close, past third-person, with the narratee, at this stage, ostensibly the reader, and
whatever focalisation is apparent occurs at a multiple or communal level. But within twenty
pages, the true narrator and narratee emerge:
(As you know, my darling Beatrice, all I have written about the dinner party is more
than mere conjecture. [...] There is another entry a few days later, my darling, when
Victoria writes of how Elise is irritating the whole household with her endlesslovesick chatter about “You know who”.)
(Nowra 2009b, 20)
This is both a transgression of focalisation and an authorial intrusion, for it emerges
that Nowra’s true narrator—and the implied author of the text in the sense that Nowra is
presenting real readers with a confected work of nonfiction written by a fictional author—is
the contemporary amateur biographer, Rowan, and the implied reader of this fictional
biography is his comatose wife, Beatrice. In fact, Beatrice actually represents what Chatman
(1983, 151) regards as an implied narratee in her passive, comatose state, as Rowan reads to
her. Each authorial intrusion is being offered by an overt, first-person, narrator (Rowan). On
one level—the story of Malcolm McEacharn—Rowan represents an extra-heterodiegetic
narrator in his capacity as a narrator who is outside the discourse and the story. When Rowan
withdraws to the narrative level of his relationship with Beatrice however, his status changes
to that of an intra-homodiegetic narrator, as he establishes a discourse that requires him to be
both a storyteller and a character.
8/16/2019 Thesis Historiographic Fiction
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-historiographic-fiction 125/192
125
With the identification and definition of these two narratorial positions, it becomes
evident that the bulk of the prose written has been researched and drafted as a biography of a
historical figure, and then is being read out to Beatrice, with occasional interjections by its
author to explain his actions. McEacharn’s narrative, once self-identified as being narrated by
Rowan, can now be categorised as dissonant, overt, close, past third-person, in that it is being
related in a retrospective manner.
Of all of the narratorial roles examined in these analyses, Rowan offers one of the
most interesting in terms of unreliability. Seymour Chatman categorises unreliable narration
(1983, 149) through a number of states or misinformed conditions ranging from
psychological instability, intellectual incapacity, infirmity or immaturity, and obtuseness or
limited information. In Ice, it gradually becomes obvious that Rowan’s unreliability stems
both from a psychological instability in response to one level of desperation he feels about
reviving Beatrice, and his conscious choice to recontextualise, subvert, or unwisely
extrapolate data that he has gathered about his biographical subject in order to compile a
narrative that will stimulate Beatrice into consciousness, even if that act is simply to dispute
her husband’s wild conjecture.
In fact, unreliability and conjecture represent two key influences in imagining Tom’s
life for the purposes of writing “Folly”. Whaley’s memoirs are filled with inconsistencies,
exaggerations, and elisions, and in encouraging Tim and Sar to explore examples of these, I
was able to open up a wider discourse in the novella about the elasticity of the historical
record. Where Nowra keeps a tight leash on Rowan’s ability to tell his own story, I use
narratorial manipulation to expand the chorus of voices imagining and recounting Tom’s
story, with the aim of discussing and debating the merits of the different interpretations of his
experiences, and the mysteries of those moments in his life that have been lost to history.
8/16/2019 Thesis Historiographic Fiction
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-historiographic-fiction 126/192
126
This section examined the use of narratorial manipulation in the critically-acclaimed
novels of three Australian writers, and compared and contrasted my findings with examples
of my own narratorial manipulation in my novella, “Folly”. By exploring a diverse range of
narratorial manipulation and my own creative practice, I have demonstrated that this
collection of techniques— focalisation, voice, and point of view —are indispensable in the
writing of historiographic metafiction and the wider field of historical fiction. As with my
analysis of the works of Grenville, Nowra, and Flanagan in the context of historiographic
metafiction and the recontextualisation of historical figures and scenarios, my appreciation
for the value of narratorial manipulation increased as I moved from a theoretical standpoint,
through an analytical understanding of the manner in which established authors use these
techniques, to an applied perspective gained through my own experimentation with these
concepts. In particular, my variation of voice and register across three narrative positions
consolidated my understanding of how Keen’s (2003b, 30-46) modulation of narratorial
position in terms of consonance and dissonance, and the rotation through first-, second-, and
third-person narration can mediate so effectively the relationship and comprehension that
exists between the reader and successive narrators.
*
This collection of close textual analyses applied the findings of my Literature Review
to a selection of critically-acclaimed Australian novels and then compared and contrasted the
subsequent results with my own creative practice. In Does Historiographic Metafiction Just
Deal with the Big Issues?, I noted a spectrum of HMF ranging from explicit to implicit across
the four published novels as each author sought in their own way to identify gaps in the
historical record, and then imagine what might have actually taken place. I identified
examples from each novel where the author engaged in HMF as an overarching sub-genre of
8/16/2019 Thesis Historiographic Fiction
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-historiographic-fiction 127/192
127
historical fiction. In gaining a thorough understanding of the way these authors constructed
these examples, I was able to use them to inform and influence the writing of “Folly” as a
new work of HMF, and situate the novella within the spectrum from explicit to implicit
HMF. In the context of using various narrative techniques to construct narrative, the crucial
combination of recontextualising historical figures and scenarios with narratorial
manipulation will produce historical fiction. Unless the author is using the implicit
intertextuality of wider cultural discourses to question historical fact, historiographic
metafiction will only result after the introduction of an overt metafictive component.
But the broad canvas of any work of HMF involves many smaller brushstrokes in
order to successfully impart meaning and direction. The next two sections of this chapter
charted the application of two literary practices that are indispensible to any work of HMF.
As in the expansive genre of historical fiction, historiographic metafiction invariably requires
the inclusion or influence of historical figures and events. In Recontextualising Reality and Its
Characters, I analysed the work of my established Australian authors and gathered examples
of their use of factual people and events, and examined the various techniques these authors
used to incorporate these elements into their stories. While one of the aims of my research
was a more personal exploration of myself and my relative, I was able to find common
ground in the ways that examples of recontextualisation in “Folly” resembled Kate
Grenville’s fictionalisation of her long-dead relative in the search for a broader understanding
of the socio-political implications of colonisation on Australia since its modern settlement.
Finally, in Telling Stories in Character , I examined the use of narratorial
manipulation in crafting a work of HMF. While elements of narratorial manipulation are
intrinsic in any literary work, my analysis of the four novels revealed that HMF cannot be
successful without manipulating the three techniques of focalisation, voice and point of view.
While Grenville’s manipulated these techniques in a conventional manner to compel her
8/16/2019 Thesis Historiographic Fiction
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-historiographic-fiction 128/192
128
narrative forward, in the narratives of both of Flanagan’s novels there was a diverse range of
experimentation, with Wanting exhibiting similar conventional narration to The Secret River ,
while Gould’s Book of Fish was wildly experimental. But the narratorial manipulation of
three different voices throughout my novella was particularly similar to Nowra’s dual
narrative in Ice. All four novels influenced the implementation of historiographic
metafiction, recontextualisation of historical figures and scenarios, and narratorial
manipulation in my own creative practice; conversely, this same implementation also vested
in me a new appreciation for the potential of the theory that had informed my analysis of
Australian historiographic metafiction, and the usefulness these concepts have for writers of
historical fiction who wish to propel their practice into an investigation of the elasticity of the
historical record. Ultimately, this chapter demonstrated that complex works of
historiographic metafiction —while incorporating all manner of literary devices and
concepts—are particularly reliant upon the two techniques of recontextualisation and
narratorial manipulation.
*
In the next chapter, I present my findings about the Reflexive Practice involved in this
research, and recount the various influences, actions and reactions involved in engaging in
the creative practice of writing a work of historiographic metafiction. I begin by scoping the
current landscape of reflexive practice theory, and the concept of the author as a researcher,
with a view to defending the nexus between the critical and creative aspects of my research. I
then use this information to examine significant turning points—in my archival research, my
creative practice, and my scholarly research —to qualify my reflexive practice in a scholarly
context.
8/16/2019 Thesis Historiographic Fiction
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-historiographic-fiction 129/192
129
Chapter 5: Reflexive Practice
As I stated in the Introduction, this research represents an intervention into national
discourses about historiographic metafiction and historical fiction. Until now, the debate
about HMF has focused upon creative or scholarly directions. In exploring the creation of
HMF, this research takes both creative and scholarly approaches, and combines them with
research into a theoretical perspective of the sub-genre. The first section of this chapter
continues the textual analysis in relation to my creative practice in Chapter 4 in the context
of examining the creative works of three Australian authors of historiographic metafiction.
Here, I discuss my creative application of the concepts of historiographic metafiction,
recontextualisation of reality, and narrative manipulation. I then explore various aspects of
my reflexive practice by identifying specific turning points in my creative practice, and
then speaking about their impact upon the overall project. Throughout this reflection, I
refer to current scholarly thinking about reflexive practice, the concept of author as
researcher, and the nexus between creative and critical research.
*
Section 1: The Three Faces of Thomas Whaley
Ansgar Nünning (Nünning 2004) extended Linda Hutcheon’s research into the
concept of historiographic metafiction in Where Historiographic Metafiction and
Narratology Meet , offering a typology of the various forms of historical fiction. In contrast
to his definition of explicit HMF, which “challenges the hegemonic discourse of
historiography” (ibid., 366), my creative work, “Folly”, falls under the rubric of Nünning’s
implicit historiographic metafiction, which draws attention to the subjective nature of
history that “is accessible to men and women only as a narrative produced by human beings
who remember and interpret events from their particular point of view” (ibid.). I first
8/16/2019 Thesis Historiographic Fiction
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-historiographic-fiction 130/192
130
encountered a version of Thomas Whaley’s story that had been filtered through the
Victorian lens of Edward Sullivan’s editorial gaze (Whaley 1906), and this Sullivan’s
edition exhibited examples of the various gaps, elisions, and inconsistencies that I would
ultimately exploit in my creative work. In Fictional and Historical Narrative: Meeting the
Postmodernist Challenge, Lubomir Dole!el (2002, 258) discusses the effects that these
gaps and inconsistencies can have within his possible worlds model of narratology.
Whereas fictional universes will only feature gaps of an ontological nature—in that their
existence was predicated on the creation of the universe itself—gaps in the historical record
are epistemological and limited by human knowledge and influence. Dole!el then defines a
spectrum of reliability between gaps and conjecture in both fictional and historical
universes when he refers to “degrees of plausibility” or “plausible conjecture” (ibid.). Like
Flanagan (2010), who purports to “just make things up,” creative writers are limited at the
very least by their ontological leanings, whereas historians and historiographers find
themselves constrained by epistemological limitations (ibid.).
The most potent example of these epistemological inconsistencies in “Folly”—and,
in practice, a vivid instance of implicit historiographic metafiction—is evident in my
exploration of Whaley’s death. In a footnote to his preface to Whaley’s memoirs, Sullivan
(Whaley 1906, xxvii) notes that official records held Whaley died of “rheumatic fever” on
the way to London; he quickly adds a less official version noted in the Isle of Man
Examiner , which suggested that much more sordid circumstances surrounded his death.
Early drafts of “Folly” had Sar storyboarding Whaley’s death independently of
Tim’s influence or any significant discussion of the competing versions of history.
However, I decided that the discussion between Tim and Sar about this moment of
historical contention could serve as a pertinent illustration of HMF. I used three separate
manipulations of the historical record to achieve this throughout the following extract from
“Folly”:
8/16/2019 Thesis Historiographic Fiction
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-historiographic-fiction 131/192
131
From Gentleman's Magazine, November, 1800
Obituary, with Anecdotes, of remarkable Persons.
2. At Knutsford on his way to London, Thomas Whalley, esq. brother
in-law to the Chancellor of Ireland. This gentleman's name will becelebrated for his Journey to Jerusalem, by which he won nearly
£30,000 and which was remarkable for expedition. Mr. W. was married
last January to the Hon. Miss Lawless, the sister of Lord Cloncurry
(now a state prisoner in the Tower) and fell a victim to a rheumatic
fever which he caught in Ireland.
Scrawled in Sar’s handwriting at this point is a notation: “See Tim’s notes
about the article that suggests Whaley was murdered by a jealous lover” I openSar’s iPad, and immediately find a Sticky-Note addressed to me:
I’m sorry, Tim – I can’t possiblystoryboard the official version of
Whaley’s death. Dying of “Rheumatic
fever” just doesn’t do justice to this
man’s story. I think we need to go with
the other ending you found. It’s muchmore dramatic. I was going to have a go
at it, but you found the article so you get
first dibs.
(And he is your cousin!)
Sar
xo
I look down at Sar and gently draw back the hair that has fallen across her face.
She’s right—Whaley deserves to go out in a much more spectacular manner,
even if the version I found in a footnote contradicts the historical record. Ascarefully as I can, I rearrange Sar into a more comfortable position so I can use
my laptop without bothering her. There, in the online version of the memoirs
that Sar had found, is a brief footnote:
The newspapers of the day ascribed his death to a rheumatic fever
contracted in Ireland; but tradition has preserved a more tragic account
of his demise, and would have us believe that he was stabbed in a fit of
jealousy by one of two sisters to whom he was paying marked
attentions at a time when each of them was in ignorance of his
concealed attachment to the other. Sarah, or Sally, Jenkinson is stated by Edward Evans to have been the name of the lady from whom he
received his death wound: another authority in the Isle of Man
Examiner records the fact that this was the very light-o'-love who had
passed into his possession from the royal seraglio.
*
You roll onto your back and nestle into the dirty sheets. (“Folly” 2011, 97)
8/16/2019 Thesis Historiographic Fiction
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-historiographic-fiction 132/192
132
The first manipulation highlights Sar’s consideration of the official version of
Whaley’s death as detailed by Sullivan. I use an extract of this version in the text of “Folly”
to show Sar’s reluctance to pursue this line in the face of a more exotic version, which she
foregrounds in her marginalia on the newspaper clipping—noting Tim’s earlier discovery
of the latter version—and justifies her deferral of the adaptation in her Sticky Note to Tim.
Tim then revisits his discovery of the alternative version of the historical record and
considers the merits of the two versions before implementing the third manipulation
through his prose. In their preference for the “stabbing” death of Whaley, both Tim and Sar
make a subjective choice about Whaley’s ending, a decision later dismissed by the
historian, Joan Leach, who chooses to abide by the explicit , hegemonic version of
Whaley’s demise represented in the historical record. While the extract above represents a
fictional and metafictional reflection of my own choice to implement a process of HMF in
my creative work, I also was influenced by Gilles Deleuze’s discussion of a multi-level
montage by Leibniz:
The text also fashions a way of representing what Leibniz will always affirm: acorrespondence and even a communication between the two levels, between the two
labyrinths, between the pleats of matter and the folds in the soul. A fold between the
two folds?
(Deleuze 2006, 4)
By exploring alternate versions of history, by peering between the folds of
conflicting historical accounts, I investigate the veracity of these accounts, and encourage
the reader to consider that the accepted historical record is not necessarily the most
accurate. In his analysis of Richard Flanagan’s novel, Gould’s Book of Fish, Paul Stasi
(n.d.) argues that the author does not simply contrast:
[r]eal historical experience and ideologically conceived propaganda. Rather, he
directly thematizes the question of how experience is mediated, by multiplying the
various narratives within the book itself, suggesting that the truth emerges, not
simply from its recovery and restitution, but from the conflicts that arise whencompeting truths are confronted with each other.
8/16/2019 Thesis Historiographic Fiction
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-historiographic-fiction 133/192
133
Like Flanagan, I seek to present the reader with a work of historiographic
metafiction comprising a complex, layered series of narratives that blurs the ontological
boundaries of history, challenges the reader’s perception of received history, along with the
empirical validity and verifiability of historical events, and questions the concept of
historical fact as opposed to historical events, thereby “demarginalising the literary through
confrontation with the historical, and [doing] so both thematically and formally” (Hutcheon
1996, 478).
*
In my analysis of Louis Nowra’s novel, Ice, I recognise that Nowra
recontextualised the historical life and pursuits of his protagonist, Malcolm McEacharn
through the narrative voice of his contemporary biographer, Rowan. In “Folly”, I undertake
a similar recontextualisation using a fictional version of myself as an author seeking to
explore the historical life and pursuits of Thomas Whaley. A second recontextualisation of
Whaley’s life is evident in Sar’s impression of the Irishman, which offers a counterpoint to
Tim’s interpretation. A contemporary example of both of these functions is evident at the
end of the novella, where I briefly recontextualise another “historical” figure: the late
Knutsford historian, Mrs Joan Leach. In the course of my research, this colourful character
was alternately accommodating to and dismissive of certain aspects of my investigation
into Thomas Whaley. Mrs Leach had assisted in my unsuccessful attempts to find
Whaley’s actual resting place in the Knutsford Cemetery, encouraging and participating in
a physical survey of the grounds that involved lifting fallen headstones and clearing
overgrown foliage in the hope of finding a grave that had been relocated and subsequently
lost in the 1970s. Mrs Leach (Leach 2010) also offered a terse denial of any suggestion that
Whaley had been murdered, describing the stabbing story as “fantasy”. As an author of
historiographic metafiction, I do not regard myself accountable to the constraints of the
8/16/2019 Thesis Historiographic Fiction
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-historiographic-fiction 134/192
134
historical record, or to anyone else but myself and those readers prepared to recognise the
possibilities opened up through the genre, I decided to incorporate her guarded
enthusiasm—and some quite rigid views on the historical record—in “Folly”:
I quickly lose the first round arguing that the dandy was stabbed by a jealous lover,when Joan dismisses the whole idea as fantasy. My back-up plan involves another
obscure but convoluted theory, so I take Sar’s iPad from her bag and open the file
with Tom’s Last Will & Testament, which had been written three days before he
died. I explain that this and some other evidence I found about his debts at the time,
suggest that Tom may have faked his own death to escape his overwhelming
obligations. Joan is on the final page of the will when Sar returns with somemumbled apologies. “This sounds quite far-fetched, Mr Milfull,” says Joan.
“I know, Mrs Leach,” I say. “But it is just a theory.”(“Folly” 2011, 107)
By drawing the reader’s attention to the author’s consciousness of his position, and
his preparedness to admit that he engages in speculation in order to seek the “truth”, I
attempt to engage in Nünning’s (2004, 122) quest for an answer to the question, “Why?”;
in this case, Tim uses “subjective, retrospective construction” (ibid.) to explore the
alternate circumstances around his ancestor’s death. As a writer of historiographic
metafiction, I sought the most effective version of Whaley’s death for my own artistic
purposes. The metafictive component in this process of recontextualisation is the discourse
within the text that debates the wisdom of this decision.
*
My final act of textual analysis in this chapter, examines the role that narrative
manipulation played in writing “Folly”. While the conceptual evolution of the novella’s
narrative will be explored in this chapter’s section covering percolation, the following
discussion focuses on the practical evolution of the narrative(s) throughout the creative
process.
Early drafts of the novella contrasted the lives of two protagonists: the eighteenth-
century historical character, Thomas Whaley; and a contemporary fictional heiress, Sar.
8/16/2019 Thesis Historiographic Fiction
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-historiographic-fiction 135/192
135
The gradual evolution of the novella saw Sar share the status of chief contemporary
protagonist with a fictional version of me writing about the historical protagonist. As the
author of this (meta)fiction, I was creating a work of historiographic metafiction, and in
searching for an implicit version of this genre, I decided to introduce a third voice that
would engage with the core narrator in a debate about the implications of recontextualising
a historical character. This fictive discourse also infers a metafictive contemplation on
behalf of the legitimate author, and thereby transforms a work of historical fiction into a
work of historiographic metafiction.
One complication of introducing a third voice to the narrative involved assisting the
reader in comprehending the three separate narratives below, and to enable smooth
transitions between each:
Narrator Focus Voice Tense Purpose
Tim Tim First-person Present Core narrative of “Folly”
Tim Tom Second-person Present Tim’s interpretation of Tom
Sar Tom Third-person Past Sar’s interpretation of Tom
Figure 2 – Narrative Structures in “Folly”
Gerard Genette’s narratological paradigm (1980, 215-228), allows the
categorisation of “Folly”’s contemporary narrative thread as close consonant, first-person,
present tense narration of Tim’s own life, offered in an internally focalised, intradiegetic-
homodiegetic voice—the narrator is inside the discourse and a character, and the reader’s
understanding of the action is limited to the narrator’s perception of events:
I’ve met all my current deadlines, my email inbox is empty, the theses editing work
has run dry for the moment, and the DVD screeners I’m supposed to catch up withare buried somewhere in one of these boxes. Instead of being responsible and
unpacking all of these moving boxes, I wonder what I can scrape up about my
strange young neighbour.
(“Folly” 2011, 10)
The second narrator is still Tim, but he is recounting a story some two hundred
years distant. The most obvious delineation between this historical narration and the
8/16/2019 Thesis Historiographic Fiction
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-historiographic-fiction 136/192
136
contemporary core narration is that the text is presented in italics; in fact, the working
drafts of “Folly” took this visual delineation one step further, with the contemporary
narrative written in black type, Tim’s version of Tom’s narrative written in blue type, and
Sar’s version of Tom written in red type. In imitating Flanagan’s layout of Gould’s Book of
Fish— where each chapter is printed in a new colour that corresponds to the ingredients
used to the narrator’s ink palette—I was able to identify very quickly each respective
narrative, and therefore effectively manipulate the overall flow of the novella.
As Genette (1980, 255) explains in Narrative Discourse, there are certain
obligations expected of the narrator, particularly in terms of maintaining a relationship with
the narratee, and offering ground rules for navigating the narrative. In the extract below, the
reader is expected to move from a contemporary narrative to a historical narrative for the
first time, with the latter taking on an even more intimate register than the reader has
already encountered. In the first instance of this historical narrative, the reader is offered
some context for what they are about to read, with the narrator outlining the source of his
inspiration, followed by a brief consideration of possible scenarios. The following extract
includes both first- and second-voices in order to demonstrate the transition:
After stocking up the fridge, I lock the door and turn off the phone, and flickthrough my notes to find a good example of one of Tom’s adventures that seems a
little light on detail. There, in the very last pages of his memoir, is a story about
imprisonment:
But my companion, who was at that time very ill, entreated me not to
hazard my life in opposing so many, who could not fail to overpower
me in the end. Her entreaties, and a conviction in my own mind that
resistance would be in vain, induced me at length to surrender; upon
which I was instantly conveyed to the Bridewell, a prison solely
designed for thieves and murderers.
[...]
What might I be able to bring to this story? This whole saga happened not long
before Tom died in a coach-house on the way to London, and while he was
relatively wealthy when he died, he was pretty much broke when he was
imprisoned. What led him to that point, and what must it have been like for anaristocrat to be locked up in a place like Bridewell?
8/16/2019 Thesis Historiographic Fiction
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-historiographic-fiction 137/192
137
*
Somewhere beneath the stench of vomit, spilled wine and guttering tallow candles
lies a bass note of sex. The room is filled with the musk. You resist the urge to gag.
You’ve smelled worse; in fact, you’ve been the source of worse.
(ibid., 29-30)
Unlike his intradiegetic-heterodiegetic role in the contemporary narrative, Tim fills
an alternate capacity here as a narrator who is not a character in the story being told at this
level; this designates him as an extradiegetic-heterodiegetic voice, yet in the overall
context of “Folly”, his narration becomes intradiegetic-heterodiegetic: Tim’s second-
person, close consonant, present tense, external focalisation acts as both narrator and a
character, effectively imagining an impossible, one-way conversation by recounting Tom’s
own story to Tom himself. Interestingly, the quote taken by Tim from Tom’s memoirs
represents another level of narration: this close consonant, present tense, internally
focalised intradiegetic-homodiegetic voice is offered by the eighteenth-century narrator,
who is a character in his own discourse.
The first narration of Tom’s story commences after clear conceptual and visual
prompts aid a transition into a new narrative voice that is essentially a one-way
conversation where the contemporary narrator attempts to come to terms with the actions
and motivations of his long-dead ancestor. Where Tim’s contemporary narration relates his
immediate situation to the reader, this new narrative turns the reader into a voyeur, offering
them a window into one person’s speculation about another. Tim steps out of the direct
involvement as a character in his own contemporary core narrative, and, with the reader,
becomes a voyeur looking into Tom’s life. This informed conjecture ostensibly directs the
narration at Tom as an audience, but without offering the eighteenth-century dandy the
right of reply. In a sense, however, Tom’s voice resonates through history in the discourse
between Sar and Tim, as they examine the veracity of various accounts of his life.
8/16/2019 Thesis Historiographic Fiction
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-historiographic-fiction 138/192
138
The third voice used in “Folly” appears deceptively simple: Sar is offering her own
narration as a counterpoint or alternate exploration of Tom’s story. In response to concerns
about the artificiality of having two contemporary characters exploring prose versions of
the same story, I decided to have Sar “storyboard” her version in the same way the
filmmakers plan their shooting schedules using captioned graphic imagery to establish each
scene. I faced practical limitations in terms of incorporating actual graphic imagery in the
novella itself—primarily in my limited capacity as a visual artist—therefore the reader of
“Folly” encounters a narrative universe created by the person reading the storyboard, in this
case, Tim.
Sar’s narration uses an extradiegetic-heterodiegetic voice, as she is not a character
in the story she tells, and her narration is outside the discourse. But like Tim’s narration of
Tom’s story, within the overall context of the novella, Sar’s third-person, close consonant,
near past-tense narration becomes intradiegetic, as she is a character in a higher-level
narrative. In order to assist the reader in making smooth transitions from the core
contemporary narrative to Sar’s historical narrative—and between hers and Tim’s historical
narrative—I used devices like a differing tense (near past) and voice (third-person), and
also included the caption headings used in Sar’s storyboards, which follow the traditional
eighteenth- and nineteenth-century literary format used to introduce chapters. The
following extract includes both first- and third- person narration in order to show the
transition:
I swipe the storyboard on to the next frame, and despite the Spartan nature of
narrative in a storyboard, Sar’s obvious skill in building up a story in so few images
helps me to conjure up the details of Whaley’s first love. But the dozen or so wordscaptioning the first doesn’t quite cut it—“A young man stands against a stone wall
looking out over a valley”—perhaps it’s up to me to bring the finer detail to Sar’s
broad brushstrokes.
*
The New Home – Leaving Late – Waking Later
8/16/2019 Thesis Historiographic Fiction
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-historiographic-fiction 139/192
139
Tom leaned against the stone wall and looked out over the valley. The gentlest of
breezes took the edge off the midsummer sun. On the horizon, the Pyrenees clawed
at the sky, even in this heat managing to guard their snow-capped peaks.(ibid., 39)
While this is, in effect, Sar’s version of Tom’s story, it is important to clarify that as
Tim constructs a narrative using Sar’s storyboards, he is effectively creating his version of
Sar’s impression of Tom’s life, which carries with it the biases and colour of Tim’s
personality, and adds a further metafictive layer to this work of historiographic metafiction.
In the event that the reader was unable to make this connection, I occasionally used the
transitions to offer a subtle reminder:
“Merci,” said Tom, turning back to Helen and Jacques. He motioned for them to
walk on, while the latter glowered at Henri’s slur, willing for now to bow to Tom’s
authority.*
Even within the sparse medium of a storyboard, Sar’s detailed imagery and
captions are enough for me to evoke an impression of the start of Tom’s first real
relationship that feels quite solid and feasible...
(ibid., 58)
The previous section supplemented textual analysis performed in Chapter 4, and
reflected on the logistical and practical implications of the three key concepts employed in
this creative process—historiographic metafiction; recontextualisation of historical figures
and scenarios; and narrative manipulation. The section below reflects on a series of
conceptual implications involved in the creative writing process.
Section 2: The Unpredictable Nature of Archival Research
Archival research, in its innumerable forms, is an integral part of this form of
creative practice, and in my own case, archival research was a vital component. In the
context of this chapter, however, I would like to discuss a number of turning points
throughout my creative practice that had a significant impact upon the process. Perhaps one
of the most intriguing examples occurred almost a year after I obtained Whaley’s memoirs.
In the Library of London, I found a call number associated with one of the two
8/16/2019 Thesis Historiographic Fiction
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-historiographic-fiction 140/192
140
handwritten, leather-bound copies of the memoirs; if I could view the books, I could shed
some light on the tantalising elisions—note the asterisks marking elisions, see Figure 3—
that Edward Sullivan had made to maintain propriety in his Victorian era.
6-.234 $ 7 80.4 93:; ,2<<-=0/>? 4@-14@ =43?-:/ :9 AB0<4C>? ;4;:-3?
2O.()31 @CAE- @HA7
On contacting the library, however, I was informed that both folio-sized, hand-
tooled, leather-bound volumes had been stolen. This blow to the potential of my archival
research had the unexpected effect of spurring me on to find other forms of data about my
subject because of the new and tantalising fate of the memoirs—who would go to such
extraordinary lengths to steal them, and for what reason?
I also spent considerable time reading literature from Whaley’s era in order to
inform my writing, and to lend an authenticity to my prose. From the fictional
autobiography of Laurence Sterne’s The Life and Opinions of Tristram Shandy, Gentleman
(1759-1767), to Boswell’s London Journal , (1762-1763), I found a great deal of data that
corroborated and supplemented much of what Whaley had to say in his own memoirs. But
a recommendation to read Diderot’s La Religieuse (The Nun) (1796) had some curious
implications. The epistolary novel recounts a relationship between a novitiate who is being
treated cruelly in a French convent. When she seeks the help of a sympathetic French
8/16/2019 Thesis Historiographic Fiction
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-historiographic-fiction 141/192
141
aristocrat, he enthusiastically engages in a rescue mission, only to find that the entire
exercise was a prank perpetrated by his best friend. Diderot based the novel on a prank he
and his friends had played on their friend over a six-month period in c.1780. When I
discovered that Whaley had been the victim of a similar ruse (Whaley 1906, 27-31)—this
time in a conspiracy (reported in newspapers of the time as A Trip to Paris, or the Banker
Taken In) by his creditors to entice Whaley into returning to France in order to kidnap him
for ransom—I wondered whether the conspirators’ plot had been inspired by Diderot’s
story. While I was restricted in the length of what I could write about Whaley in “Folly”,
this odd reverberation of Diderot’s fictional construct into Whaley’s own experience served
as strong inspiration as I planned and plotted my novella. As Richard Flanagan (2008a)
notes that the narratives within his novel, Wanting , were “[suggested] to me by certain
characters and events in the past, but [do] not end with them.” La Religieuse and other
intertextual connections within and around Whaley’s original memoirs only broaden an
already rich field of potential ideas that might contribute to a creative work.
Perhaps one of the most fascinating instances of archival research, however,
illustrates the unpredictability of the practice, and the dramatic implications that
unexpected revelations can have upon research, creative writing, and the directions that a
work of historiographic metafiction might take. After contacting Knutsford historian, Mrs
Joan Leach—who lived in the village where Whaley was buried in 1800—I was introduced
to a man who revealed his own relationship to Whaley. Keith Tattersall is Thomas
Whaley’s great-great-great-grandson. Keith provided me with a number of documents
regarding our common ancestor, and while I was aware of some of these artefacts—I had
already obtained a copy of the probate inventory of Whaley’s eldest son in the vain hope of
establishing Whaley’s approximate wealth at the time of his death—I was delighted to
learn that Keith had access to Whaley’s Last Will and Testament . The inventory of the
document was fascinating and helpful to my research, but the most dramatic detail came in
8/16/2019 Thesis Historiographic Fiction
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-historiographic-fiction 142/192
142
the timing of its writing (and in the timing of its arrival in my hands). When I realised that
Whaley had notarised the will seven days before his death in November, 1800, I wondered
whether he had intended to fake his own death. While I acknowledge this is conjecture,
such an action seemed in character with Whaley, a man prone to acting on impulse and
renowned for elaborate stunts. Joan Leach (2010) had already frowned on my enthusiasm
for the alternate version of Tom’s death—being murdered by a jealous lover, rather than
dying of rheumatic fever—but this new fact about the will was the ideal kind of fodder to
be included in “Folly”, and despite receiving this new information only weeks before the
final draft of the novella was due, I was able to incorporate my new “theory” into the
contemporary narrative in a small way.
Section 3: The Reflexive Practitioner
Another integral aspect of creative practice that offered crucial turning points
during the writing of “Folly” was the detailed planning of the novella, and there were
several moments during this process where new directions were opened, and in some cases
forced upon me. Before I could decide on the directions my writing might take in terms of
exploring Whaley’s life, I needed to list the most significant moments in his story, not
simply to rule out some of the more banal and quotidian aspects of his memoirs, but to
narrow down potential plot points for a manageable story. This spatio-temporal process
took two stages: establishing a rough timeline of Whaley’s life; and building small and
large-scale maps that noted places of interest that he had travelled to. Both stages simply
involved a close reading of the memoirs, noting significant events, times, and locations. In
some instances, I needed to conduct some archival research to find contemporary names for
locations mentioned in the memoirs; in other instances, I needed to corroborate Whaley’s
reasons for visiting a location, or the names of the people he was calling on. The results of
this research appear in a timeline (Figure 5):
8/16/2019 Thesis Historiographic Fiction
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-historiographic-fiction 143/192
143
6-.234 + 7 D-;4<-/4 :9 AB0<4C>? E-94 F(&%%G(H**I
Another crucial turning point in my creative process came after I received reader
responses to early drafts, which in many ways were similar to the final product of this
thesis, with the exception that the main contemporary character was a Gen-Y heiress, Sar,
who exhibited much the same characteristics as Whaley. I originally planned to research
parallels and differences in the cultural and sexual mores between Whaley’s society, and
that of my fictional heiress. A number of readers agreed that rather than using the
contemporary narrative to focus on the adventures of the heiress, I should consider
replacing her as a protagonist with a character based on myself, especially since I could
demonstrate a genealogical relationship with Whaley. At first, I was dubious about this
idea. I was reluctant to act on strong recommendations to excise Sar completely from the
8/16/2019 Thesis Historiographic Fiction
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-historiographic-fiction 144/192
144
contemporary narrative, as I had grown interested in the character of Sar. Also, writing in
character as the contemporary protagonist generated a series of difficult challenges to
resolve. I could discard the research I had done about Gen-Y culture, but now I was
concerned about the implications of writing about real people—the people I had and was
interacting with—as well as historical figures and events. In addition, I faced a struggle to
find a voice to insert my own story, even in fictional terms. In his analysis of Philip Roth’s
“autobiographical” novels, David Gooblar identified the author’s strategy to deal with the
former issue:
While writing, when I began to feel squeamish about confessing intimate affairs of
mine to everybody, I went back and changed the real names of some of those with
whom I’d been involved, as well as a few identifying details. This was not because I believed that the rerendering would furnish complete anonymity (it couldn’t make
those people anonymous to their friends and mine) but because it might afford at
least a little protection from their being pawed over by perfect strangers.
(in Gooblar 2009, 39)
While I found this technique quite effective for incorporating people I had
encountered in my own lived experience, fictionalising myself proved more challenging.
After a series of unsuccessful experiments, I found that a fictional version of Tim with a
pseudonym reduced the emotional and psychological association I— the author —had with
the character: a fictional version of me. Once I found the right voice and tone for the
character, I changed the name back to “Tim” and continued writing.
The final aspect of creative practice I wish to address in this section of my chapter
about Reflexive Practice is incubation (I will explain my preference for the term
percolation below) or what some consider a form of writer’s block . In the 1920s, George
Wallas (1949, 80-81) constructed a model of the creative process that is still highly
regarded today. He argued that problem-solving involved the following steps:
1. Preparation gathering and collating research,
2. Incubation assigning the problem to the sub/unconscious for a solution,
8/16/2019 Thesis Historiographic Fiction
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-historiographic-fiction 145/192
145
3. Illumination conscious realisation of the solution,
4. Verification testing the solution.
Ronda Dively (2006, 22-40) has documented contemporary responses to Wallas’s
model, many of which argue the role that the sub/unconscious plays in the incubation
phase of the process. Among these, Albert Rothenburg (1990, 15-24) argues the value of
modes of associational thought ; Robert Olton suggests that “illuminations frequently
emerge during bouts of creative worrying (1979, 11); Siefert et al, recommend a process of
“ selective forgetting , which frees up the practitioner for illumination” (1995, 11); and
Teresa Amabile (1996, 101) has identified a range of environmental forces that may
constrain or hinder the creative process. Finally, at a neuropsychological level, Dively
(2006, 34) notes that scientists have identified fluctuations in the level of certain
neurotransmitters in the cortex—particularly norepinephrine —that quantify the
participation of the left brain hemisphere (logical and analytical) and the right brain
hemisphere (creativity and problem-solving) during the creative process. All of this
research offers qualitative and quantitative corroboration to assertions made by creative
practitioners about their creative process:
The bath-bed-bus syndrome summarises in a phrase that insights frequently follow
in moments of leisure, such as restful states just after waking, before sleeping, or
while riding in a vehicle, or semiautomatic tasks like driving, shampooing one’s
hair, and so on.
(Osche 1990, 196)
For weeks, I got exactly nowhere in my thinking—it all just seemed too hard... I
had run out too many plotlines, and they were in danger of becoming snarled. I
circled the problem again and again, beat my fists on it, knocked my head against
it... and then one day when I was thinking of nothing at all, the answer came to me.
(King 2000, 203)
I write alone in my quiet house and my creative process is informed by walking, by
reading, and by thinking. Like Mark Rothko, I find a lot of my processing is done
by lying on the couch thinking. Like Kary Mullins, driving long distances onsuperhighways also is fertile for the process.
(Jane Piirto in Henshon 2006, 8)
8/16/2019 Thesis Historiographic Fiction
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-historiographic-fiction 146/192
146
Even playwright, Arthur Miller (in Wood 2006) confessed that incubation played a
vital role in the writing of Death of a Salesman, as the idea of the play had been mapped
out when he was a student in college, but took two decades of life experience and
incubation for the idea to become mature enough to crystallise into something tangible.
I have already suggested that I prefer the term percolation to incubation in
qualifying my creative practice. I agree with some of the theorists above, who are reluctant
to assign all of the responsibility for the incubation stage to the sub/unconscious. As Bill
Nelson (2007, 43) argues, “For writers, to percolate means to let an idea through a
“porous” substance, allowing for time to extract the good and discard the not-so-good.” I
believe that the “active” metaphor of percolation addresses my criticism of the “passive”
metaphor of incubation, which effectively asks practitioners to “set and forget” the
preparation stage until the completed incubation prompts illumination. A practitioner who
is percolating during the creative process is monitoring and feeding the problem-solving,
not consciously avoiding the process.
In the absence of a solution to a problem, I would consume relevant—and
sometimes seemingly irrelevant—material that aid in the problem-solving process, and
often I would find imaginative solutions to problems when I was engaged in the kind of
activities described by Osche (1990) in his bed-bath-bus analogy; I was particularly
impressed when a problem I had been battling would be solved or addressed when ideas or
whole sentences came to mind as I rode my motorcycle to and from university. While
Osche and his analogy and my motorcycle revelations ascribe to the notion of “passive”
incubation, “active” percolation required other input. To some extent, the archival reading,
timelines, and spatiotemporal mapping were a response to “pauses” in my research, where
the creative practice withered under the stress of scholarly research, or I found myself
reaching dead-ends in the directions I had mapped out in the planning process. For many
8/16/2019 Thesis Historiographic Fiction
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-historiographic-fiction 147/192
147
months, I grappled over the problem of how to intertwine the two narratives of Tim and
Tom. I thought I had found the seeds of a solution when I saw a picture of a strand of
DNA. Two separate strands sitting beside each other offered a metaphor for the
components of my narrative structure.
The problem lay in how to bring them together. I eventually realised that the link
between Tom’s eighteenth-century narrative and Tim’s contemporary narrative might be
realised through the arguments and debates Tim had with his new best friend, Sar. I
wondered if these could be the metaphorical links: narrative chromosomes in the DNA of a
story with genealogical associations. But the narratological form that these chromosomes
might take was elusive. I soon realised that Sar’s narrative contribution did not necessarily
need to take the form of a narrative chromosome: perhaps she could have her own strand.
In one promising moment, I had solutions to a number of problems. The three
character-based strands each constituted substantial proportions of the overall story. If I
delineated each strands by focalising them through distinct points of view, I could weave
effective themes through the story, and answer the issue of categorising the novella as
historiographic metafiction by using the impressions of Tom created by Tim and Sar as the
subject of the metafictive discourse addressing the issues of tenuous and unreliable
historiographic qualities of Whaley and the information associated with him.
Section 4: The Creative Practitioner as Scholar
In Aesthetic Tensions: Evaluating Outcomes for Practice-led Research and Industry
(2010), Cheryl Stock addresses a number of concerns about the disparity in quality
sometimes perceived between artistic practice performed or created in an academic
research environment, and the creative works produced by industry artists outside the
academy. She asks why, if the processes are alike in both settings, the outcomes can differ
in order and quality, and suggests that the answer lays “somewhere between intention,
8/16/2019 Thesis Historiographic Fiction
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-historiographic-fiction 148/192
148
contextual parameters, and criteria for evaluation” (2010, 7). While, as Ross Gibson (2010,
5) suggests in The Known World , the conjunction of art and research can make a
contribution to knowledge “whenever their conjunction causes a shift away from ignorance
or befuddlement”, there is the risk that the process of reflexivity in creative practice, and
the requirement of the practitioner to “validat[e] creative works as [...] research vehicles”
(Stock 2010, 11) can effectively serve to stunt the creative practice itself. In fact, Paul
Hetherington (2010, 4) has noted in Some (post-romantic) reflections on creative writing
and the exegesis, that many creatives fear the effect that reflexivity might have upon their
creative process and quotes the fears of Rainer Maria Rilke in support of his argument.
I have found that historiographic metafiction offers a vehicle for practice-based
research, allowing me to combine my creative and critical pursuits by offering an
opportunity to step in and out of scholarly and imaginative modes. Whaley’s story easily
could have been rendered as a work of conventional historical fiction. But my fascination
with Whaley’s life, and my genealogical relationship with the man inspired the decision to
incorporate my own ficionalised narrative. The challenge lay in finding the right
combination of historical and contemporary narratives. Early efforts at writing a work of
this sub-genre identified the complexity of the range of writing positions within
historiographic metafiction. But finding and filling gaps or ambiguities in the historical
narrative answered only part of the HMF equation. There also needed to be a metafictive
discourse arguing the veracity of the historical record. Despite my confidence in the
theoretical underpinnings of what Linda Hutcheon and Ansgar Nünning defined as HMF,
following only one critical line proved problematic. The answer came after I sought
examples of what I thought might be HMF, and then conducted close textual analyses of
the texts. Seeing the theory of HMF in novel-length motion allowed me to at first mimic
the process experimentally, and then, once I had a firmer grasp on the concept, plan and
create an example of my own. As Barbara Bolt says in The Magic is in Handling , “the
8/16/2019 Thesis Historiographic Fiction
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-historiographic-fiction 149/192
149
exegesis is art as a mode of revealing and as a material productivity, not just the artwork,
that constitutes creative arts research” (2007, 34). This equates to the act of defining the
concept of HMF in a Literature Review, identifying examples of HMF in close textual
analysis of works by Flanagan, Grenville and Nowra, and being able to articulate the
application of those findings in the creation of a new creative work of HMF.
Even though I now was comfortable with identifying HMF, and constructing the
historical and contemporary narratives, the metafictive element took longer to elaborate. In
The Reflexive Practitioner section of this chapter, I detailed the evolution of my final
narrative structure with my Narrative DNA model. Here, I articulate the roles of these three
separate voices—Tim, Tim’s Tom, and Sar’s Tom—in the creation of “Folly” as a work of
historiographic metafiction. There are a number of metafictive levels to this novella: the
entire work as the author’s introspection represents a metafictive voice; at a second
narrative level, Tim’s story reflects and subverts the author’s own life; on a third narrative
level, Tim’s impression of Tom’s life as a one-way “conversation” with his relative
explores the dandy’s motivations and experiences; fourthly, Sar’s own impression of Tom
offers an alternate view of Tom’s life, and of an already precarious historical record. But
Sar’s version works on a final level that completes the process of writing a work of HMF:
like the psychoanalytic interpretation of the characters in Tim’s dreams, Sar represents yet
another facet of the author’s own personality, and in arguing various aspects of the
historical record with the novella’s Tim, lends a firm metafictive voice to what would
otherwise be historical fiction. Importantly, it also should be noted that Sar underwent a
significant evolution through successive drafts, from her early status as a foil or sidekick to
Tim in his adventures, to a protagonist in her own right, with a sense of urgency and
agency that had considerable influence on the narrative.
Richard Flanagan (2010) also inadvertently prompted me to consider a nexus of the
critical and creative, when, in the middle of an interview, he encouraged me to avoid
8/16/2019 Thesis Historiographic Fiction
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-historiographic-fiction 150/192
150
becoming too caught up in the theoretical concepts that might be competing for attention
because of my research, and to relax into the enjoyment of the process of “making things
up”. In the same interview, Flanagan resisted scholarly and literary classification of his
own work, preferring to label his writing simply as fiction. This was after he mentioned the
controversy that came in the wake of the publication of Kate Grenville’s novel, The Secret
River . The conversation opened several new doors of enquiry, and prompted me to find
confluences of information across creative, theoretical, and scholarly fields, linking
Australia’s “history wars”, and the socio-political themes of post-colonialism in the
historiographic metafiction of Flanagan and Grenville, and a more developed
understanding of HMF itself.
In addition, the process of recontextualising a historical or contemporary figure was
an interesting challenge within my own ethical framework. There are as many different
positions on this issue as there are writers. I thought that I could bring contemporary people
into my story after I had at least considered the ethical implications of the process, if not
compiling a list of ethical guidelines to follow while writing.
What followed was a process of investigating the concept of truth in fiction
(Lubbock and Dolo!el), the ethics of life writing and autobiography (Lejeune and Barros),
and examples of fictionalised autobiography (Gooblar’s reflections on Roth’s Two-Faced ).
Here again, the investigative flow from focussing on the theoretical and scholarly, through
examples of practical application, and into my own creative practice, where I guided my
contemporary recontextualisation with lessons learned from Roth’s experience in writing
fictionalised autobiography: “Nothing need hide itself in fiction, but there are no limits
where there’s no disguise” (in Gooblar 2009, 51). While the concepts of truth in fiction,
autobiography and fictionalised life-writing all informed my creative practice, I no longer
felt the need to establish a set of ethical guidelines for these areas of my creative practice.
Gayle Perry writes in her analysis of her own creative practice in Practice as Research:
8/16/2019 Thesis Historiographic Fiction
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-historiographic-fiction 151/192
151
Approaches to Creative Arts Enquiry, “Is reconciling the word for what my character and I
are doing? Reaching out to physically touch emotions and troubles, sculpting and moulding
them, yet at the same time to be moulded and sculpted by them?” (2007, 39). In the same
manner, through my creative practice, I was using historiographic metafiction to reconcile
the motivation and behaviour of a historical figure. Ross Gibson (2010, 11) closes his
article about the nexus of the critical and the creative in reflexive practice with the
following:
Artist-researchers have the chance to woo two modes of knowing: the implicit and
the explicit . They have the chance to entwine the insider’s embodied know-how
with the outsider’s analytical precepts. The attraction between these two modes of
knowing must be both felt and spoken. And as the world blooms in the artist’s
consciousness, the mutual commitment of the two modes can abide and provide. Atour best, we can set immersion and critical distance oscillating in a cognitive
quickstep that takes us continuously and instantaneously inside and outside the
dynamic experiences that we are always seeking to understand.
R, $.3 '&3($"<3 0&('$"'3 %+ =&"$",/ ^J%))1_- R +%8,9 $.3 +%))%=",/ "60)"'($"%,# ",
$.3 0&('$"'() (00)"'($"%, %+ '%,'30$# %+ "60)"'"$ ."#$%&"%/&(0."' 63$(+"'$"%,i (,
",'&3(#39 +)34";")"$1 ", $.3 0&%'3## %+ '.(&('$3& +%&6($"%,V )3##3,39 3$."'()
'%,#"93&($"%,# =.3&3 ( 03&#%,() '%,,3'$"%, 34"#$# ;3$=33, $.3 ,(&&($%& (,9
0&%$(/%,"#$- 0(&$"'8)(&)1 =.3, ( #"/,"+"'(,$ $360%&() ;8++3& 34"#$# ;3$=33, $.3 $=%V
&3'%/,"$"%, $.($ ( ="93 <(&"3$1 %+ '.%"'3# %+ ."#$%&"'() (6;"/8"$"3# (,9 3)"#"%,# '(,
.(<3 ( #"/,"+"'(,$- 6%#$)1 0%#"$"<3 3++3'$ %, $.3 %8$'%63 %+ ( =%&T %+ ."#$%&"%/&(0."'
63$(+"'$"%,V $.($ #3'%,9>03&#%, <%"'3- ", 0(&$"'8)(&- '(, ;3 ( 8#3+8) $%%) ", 6%93&($",/
$.3 9"##%,(,'3 $.($ 6"/.$ %''8& ", .(<",/ ( '%,$360%&(&1 ,(&&($%& $3))",/ ( #$%&1
(;%8$ ( ."#$%&"'() '.(&('$3&V (,9 $.($ $.3 ,(&&($%)%/"'() $(4%,%61 93<3)%039 ;1
[3&(&9 [3,3$$3 (,9 %$.3&# "# 0(&$"'8)(&)1 3++3'$"<3 ", ')(##"+1",/- 8,93&#$(,9",/- (,9
(00)1",/ ,(&&($"%, (,9 <%"'3?
This research has involved a curious and precarious balancing act. I have evolved
into a creative practitioner-researcher, and balanced the theoretical knowledge I have
8/16/2019 Thesis Historiographic Fiction
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-historiographic-fiction 152/192
152
gathered alongside its practical applications, all the while engaged in Gibson’s oscillation
between full-throttle immersion in, and maintaining a critical distance from, my creative
practice. My hope is that I managed to keep all of these metaphorical plates spinning.
8/16/2019 Thesis Historiographic Fiction
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-historiographic-fiction 153/192
153
Chapter 6: Conclusions
In this final chapter, I offer the conclusions of my research, including discussions
about the following: identifying the principles and ideas that support writing a work of
historiographic metafiction; a reflection on the possibilities that HMF offers Australian
writers; a determination as to the value of recontextualisation of historical figures and
scenarios, and narratorial manipulation in the writing of historiographic metafiction; the
stimulative implications that may exist when there is a genealogical relationship between
the researcher and the novella’s protagonist; an account of the challenges facing an
emerging writer of historiographic metafiction, and their resulting solutions (where these
could be established).
*
In my Introduction, I quoted Robert Dixon (2007, 20) in his article about the state
of Australian literature and its international standing, where he noted that established
Australian authors have learned to adapt to the knowledge that their work is consumed
differently overseas than it is in their home country, and to experiment in new modes in
order to produce their creative output effectively. Alongside, and perhaps because of, a
debate between the academic community or historians and historiographers, and the literary
community of writers of historical fiction, these authors have become wary of the ways
their writing is perceived, even as they conduct ever more innovative experiments into the
genre. Historiographic metafiction is a relatively new sub-genre of historical fiction, and
given the testimonies of Grenville, Flanagan, and Nowra, Australian authors have good
reason to explore the diverse range of possibilities HMF offers, but—as they have found to
varying degrees—they also need to heed the current political and academic environment as
they write and promote their work, and continue to be sensitive to what Tony Ballantyne
(2005, 23) has identified as “[t]he complex interplays between different layers of analysis:
8/16/2019 Thesis Historiographic Fiction
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-historiographic-fiction 154/192
154
the local, the regional, the inter-regional, the national, the continental, and the global,” in
terms of negotiating cross-cultural engagement.
In researching and documenting the process of writing a work of historiographic
metafiction, my scholarly, creative, and theoretical outcomes represent an intervention into
the discussion of contemporary Australian fiction, and contribute to knowledge about the
process of creative writing. My rewriting and recontextualising explores what could have
or might have happened in my ancestor’s life, and “Folly” represents yet another
intervention that has been inspired by the memoirs that so fascinated Edward Sullivan in
1906. My intimate search for Thomas Whaley becomes a work of implicit historiographic
metafiction—I am avoiding the grand hegemonic narratives of history to focus on a
personal narrative. In Nünning’s model of HMF, “Folly” sits somewhere towards the
implicit end of the spectrum, in that its narratives eschew these grand hegemonic narratives,
in favour of offering “multiple perspectives and texts” and drawing “attention to the
distorting effects of selecting sources”, to the historiographer’s problems of flimsy sources,
and the partiality, contradictoriness, unreliability, and questionable authenticity of
historical sources and documents” (2004, 365). “Folly” is not simply a mimesis of
historical figures and events; rather, this act of “subjective, retrospective construction”
(ibid.) explores and hypothesises about the life of a historical figure. In the context of this
project, the outcome delivers an assessment of the problems and solutions involved in
writing a work of historiographic metafiction. In particular, these problems and solutions
include reconciling the historical record with the process of writing a work in this sub-
genre, and finding an appreciation for the relationship and responsibilities a writer has with
those readers who are prepared to accept that works of fiction often set aside many of the
constraints faced by historiographers. This project also qualifies the creative process of
writing this genre, asking the reader to consider the novel’s universe on a number of
narrative levels that are crafted using two key narratological tools from a wide field of
8/16/2019 Thesis Historiographic Fiction
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-historiographic-fiction 155/192
155
literary devices and concepts: recontextualisation of historical figures and scenarios and
narratorial manipulation.
My analysis of work by contemporary Australian authors identifies exemplars of
these techniques, and compares and contrasts their writing with exemplars from my own
genealogically-inspired historiographic metafiction. These findings, and their comparison
and contrasting with my own recontextualisation of historical figures and scenarios and
narratorial manipulation in “Folly” charted the application of two literary practices that are
indispensible to any work of HMF. As in the expansive genre of historical fiction,
historiographic metafiction invariably requires the inclusion or influence of historical
figures and events, along with the powerful reverberations that emerge through the
manipulation of intertextuality. As Walsh (2003, 111) has argued, however, fiction does
not sit simply as a “negative foil” alongside nonfiction’s claim to “referential authority”.
The constraints faced by the historiographer in writing nonfiction that meets demands of
veracity only emphasise the possibilities open to authors of historical fiction that can be
embraced by those willing to entertain the positive cultural impact of the genre. To
paraphrase John Fowles (1969, 99), one of the key gifts of historiographic metafiction is
that it acknowledges that when we write in this genre, we tend not to think of the past as
quite real: we dress it up, we gild it or blacken it, censor it, tinker with it and fictionalise it,
and when all is said and done, we put it back on the shelf—our book, our romanced
biography.
Elements of narratorial manipulation are intrinsic in most literary works, but my
analysis revealed that HMF cannot be successful without manipulating the three techniques
of focalisation, voice and point of view. While Grenville’s manipulated these techniques in
a conventional manner to compel her narrative forward, in both of Flanagan’s novels, there
was a diverse range of experimentation within his narrative; Wanting exhibited similar
conventional narration to The Secret River , while Gould’s Book of Fish was wildly
8/16/2019 Thesis Historiographic Fiction
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-historiographic-fiction 156/192
156
experimental. While Kate Grenville’s The Secret River had a relatively simple
chronological narrative structure, and Louis Nowra’s Ice had straightforward interwoven
narratives, Richard Flanagan proved in Gould’s Book of Fish that writing historiographic
metafiction can be a complex exercise. I found that the process of conceiving and enacting
a complex narrative structure offered many challenges. In terms of facing the challenges of
narrative complexity, I sympathise with Flanagan (in Hugo 1995), who has acknowledged
the struggle involved in overcoming the technical realities of writing ambitious historical
fiction. At the same time, however, in exploring the life of my ancestor—and examining
certain aspects of myself—I have experienced a similar uncomfortable liberation in writing
as Flanagan (ibid.):
[to] really write something of worth, you’ve got to go back within yourself, dredge
your soul, and that’s a profoundly disturbing thing to do because it goes beyond
simply feeling sad or happy—it takes you to aspects of yourself that you may not
like or wish to disturb.
All of these novels influenced my own creative practice, but narratorial
manipulation of three different voices throughout my novella was particularly similar to
Nowra’s dual narrative in Ice.
*
I admit that my genealogical relationship with Whaley was a compelling factor in
my desire to research his life, and to contrast it with my own. But as the research and my
novella progressed, I found that the novelty of this relationship gradually began to fade,
even as my fascination with Whaley as a character remained constant. Although Louis
Nowra (Nowra 2009a) made the following comment in the context of the reader’s
acceptance of a character, I believe it also applies to a writer’s ability to maintain a literary
relationship with a long-dead relative:
S1 0&%;)36 ="$. ."#$%&"'() ,%<3)# "# %,3 %+ #8#03,939 9"#;3)"3+? R '(, ,3<3&;3)"3<3 $.($ ( =&"$3& '(, $&8)1 '%,Y8&3 80 $.3 &3() +33)",/# %+ ( 03&#%, ;%&, ",
8/16/2019 Thesis Historiographic Fiction
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-historiographic-fiction 157/192
157
(, 3&( $.($ "# 6%&3 $.(, $=% /3,3&($"%,# (/%- $.($ "#- ="$.", $.3 )"+3$"63 %+ %8&/&(,90(&3,$#? R$\# =.1 R /3$ $3#$1 ="$. =&"$3&# #(1",/ $.3"& ."#$%&"'() ,%<3) "# (
;3$$3& &3+)3'$"%, (,9 %& ')%#3& $% $.3 $&8$. %+ ."#$%&"'() 3<3,$# (,9 '.(&('$3&#
$.(, ( ."#$%&"(, '(, 6(,(/3?
R+ R .(9 ;33, =&"$",/ (;%8$ 61 6%$.3&- %& 61 6($3&,() /&(,96%$.3&e=.%
9"39 =.")3 .3& 9(8/.$3& =(# #$")) 1%8,/eR "6(/",3 $.($ $.3 /3,3()%/"'() &3)($"%,#."0
=%8)9 .(<3 ( #"/,"+"'(,$ "60('$ %, 61 =&"$",/- 3<3, +%& $.3 #"60)3 +('$# $.($ $.3
36%$"%,() '%,,3'$"%, ="$. ;%$. %+ $.3#3 03%0)3 =%8)9 ;3 #"/,"+"'(,$)1 #$&%,/3& $.(,
="$. #%63%,3 )"T3 O.()31 ;3'(8#3 %+ $.3 )3## 9&(6($"' 9"#0(&"$1 %+ $"63 ;3$=33, 8#-
$.($ R =%8)9 ;3 (;)3 $% ",$3&<"3= 03%0)3 =.% T,3= 61 /&(,96%$.3& 03&#%,())1- (,9
$.($ $.3&3 "# 68'. 6%&3 6($3&"() (;%8$ .3& $% 0%&3 %<3& ", $.3 (&'."<() &3#3(&'. R
=%8)9 9%? Q"T3 g($3 [&3,<"))3\# (++3'$"%,($3- "+ #%63$"63# /8(&939 &3)($"%,#."0 ="$.
$.3 )%,/>93(9 M%)%6%, O"#36(,- R &3)"#. $.3 +('$ $.($ $.3&3 "# ( '%,,3'$"%, ;3$=33,
63 (,9 $.3 0(&$"'8)(&)1 '%)%8&+8) ."#$%&"'() +"/8&3 %+ P.%6(# O.()31?
*
O.")3 R (6 (, :8#$&()"(, =&"$3& 8#",/ )%'() (,9 ",$3&,($"%,() #3$$",/# +%& 61
'&3($"<3 =%&T- 61 ,%<3))( .(# 9&(=, %, (&/863,$# ="$.", $.3 ",$3&,($"%,() +"3)9 %+
,(&&($%)%/1 (,9 $.3 #8;>/3,&3 %+ ."#$%&"'() +"'$"%, '())39 ."#$%&"%/&(0."' 63$(+"'$"%,? R
.(<3 ",'%&0%&($39 ( ;&%(9 '&"$"'() ."#$%&1 +&%6 $.3#3 (&3(# $% ",+%&6 61 =%&T-
="$.%8$ #3$$",/ %8$ $% =&"$3 (, ^:8#$&()"(,_ ,(&&($"<3? S1 ("6 =(# ,%$ $% #33T (
$&(,#,($"%,() )"$3&(&1 03'$"<3- &($.3& R #%8/.$ $% 0)(1 ="$. /3,&3>;(#39
;%8,9(&"3#V $.3&3+%&3 61 '&"$"'() (,()1#3# 34(6",3 $.3 "60('$ %+ ="93& 3403&"63,$#
",- (,9 (;%8$ ."#$%&"%/&(0."' 63$(+"'$"%, ", &3)($"%, $% :8#$&()"(, )"$3&($8&3? P.&%8/.
$.3 '&3($"<3 0&('$"'3 %+ =&"$",/ ^J%))1_- R '(63 $% ( 6%&3 ,8(,'39 8,93&#$(,9",/ %+ $.3
'%,'30$# R .(9 ",<3#$"/($39 ", 61 Q"$3&($8&3 l3<"3=- (,9 $.3, 8#39 $.3#3 '%,'30$# $%
",+%&6 61 $34$8() (,()1#"# %+ $.3 =%&T# %+ [&3,<"))3- J)(,(/(,- (,9 X%=&(? P.3
8/16/2019 Thesis Historiographic Fiction
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-historiographic-fiction 158/192
158
0&('$"'() (00)"'($"%, %+ $.3#3 '%,'30$# ", ( '&3($"<3 '%,$34$ 3,(;)39 63 $% (00&3'"($3
$.($ ."#$%&"%/&(0."' 63$(+"'$"%, ())%=# (, ",'&3(#39 +)34";")"$1 ", $.3 +%&6($"%, %+
'.(&('$3&#? P.&%8/. $."# '&3($"<3 0&('$"'3 R ()#% &3'%/,"#39 $.($ =.3&3 ( =&"$3& .(# (
#"/,"+"'(,$ $360%&() ;8++3& ;3$=33, $.36#3)<3# (,9 $.3"& ."#$%&"'() '.(&('$3&#- $.31
+('3 )3## #"/,"+"'(,$ 3$."'() '%,#"93&($"%,# ", ",'%&0%&($",/ $.3#3 ."#$%&"'() +"/8&3# (,9
#'3,(&"%# ", $.3"& ,(&&($"<3? R ()#% +%8,9 $.($ $.3 0&3#3,'3 %+ ( ="93 <(&"3$1 %+ '.%"'3#
%+ ."#$%&"'() (6;"/8"$"3# (,9 3)"#"%,# .(# ( #"/,"+"'(,$ 3++3'$ %, $.3 %8$'%63 %+ ( =%&T
%+ ."#$%&"%/&(0."' 63$(+"'$"%,- (,9 $.($ #3'%,9>03&#%, <%"'3- ", 0(&$"'8)(&- '(, ;3 (
8#3+8) $%%) ", 6%93&($",/ $.3 9"##%,(,'3 $.($ 6"/.$ %''8& ", .(<",/ ( '%,$360%&(&1
,(&&($%& $3))",/ ( #$%&1 (;%8$ ( ."#$%&"'() '.(&('$3&? J",())1- R &3'%/,"#39 $.&%8/. 61
'&3($"<3 0&('$"'3 $.($ $.3 ,(&&($%)%/"'() $(4%,%61 93<3)%039 ;1 [3&(&9 [3,3$$3 (,9
%$.3&# "# 0(&$"'8)(&)1 3++3'$"<3 ", ')(##"+1",/- 8,93&#$(,9",/- (,9 (00)1",/ ,(&&($"%,
(,9 <%"'3?
R, ("6",/ $% ;&3(T 80 $.3 ;%8,9(&"3# ", ;%$. 61 '&"$"'() (,9 '&3($"<3 0&('$"'3-
R .(<3 (99&3##39 l%;3&$ `"4%,\# '()) +%& :8#$&()"(, =&"$3&# $% 08#. $.3"& =&"$",/ $%
$(T3 ^,3= $8&,# (,9 $&(Y3'$%&"3#_ 2GAAI- GA7? S1 (,()1#"# %+ '%,$360%&(&1 :8#$&()"(,
=&"$3&# 0)('3# 61 &3#3(&'. (# ( '%,$&";8$"%, $% )"$3&(&1 #$89"3# ", $.3 +"3)9 %+
:8#$&()"(, )"$3&($8&3- (# =3)) (# ", '&3($"<3 =&"$",/? l"'.(&9 J)(,(/(, 2GAAF- GDD>GDE7
#(1# %+ ."# ,%<3)- C"*0/*7- $.($ "$ ^m"#n ,%$ ( ."#$%&1- ,%& #.%8)9 "$ ;3 &3(9 (# %,3? R$
=(# #8//3#$39 $% 63 ;1 '3&$(", '.(&('$3&# (,9 3<3,$# ", $.3 0(#$- ;8$ 9%3# ,%$ 3,9
="$. $.36?_ O.3&3 C"*0/*7 "# ( ^639"$($"%, %, 93#"&3_ 2";"9?7- R .(<3 +%8,9 $.($
“Folly” "# ( 639"$($"%, %, ^&"#T_ (,9 $.3 $3,93,'1 +%& .86(,# $% .%)9 +(#$ $% $.3
T,%=, &($.3& $.(, ())%= &"#T ",$% %8& )"<3#? Q"T3 61 +"'$"%,() '%8,$3&0(&$e=.%
'%63# $% #33 $.3 34'"$",/ 0%$3,$"() %+ =3)'%6",/ $.3 8,T,%=,e", ;&",/",/ 61
(,'3#$%& $% )"+3 (,9 $.3, )(1",/ ."6 $% &3#$- R .(<3 )3(&,39 $.3 <()83 %+ #8;<3&$",/ $.3
."#$%&"'() &3'%&9? O.3&3 93 a3&$3(8\# ."#$%&"%/&(0.3&# 2@CFF- DI7- ^mo6(&T\n ( 0(#$ $%
8/16/2019 Thesis Historiographic Fiction
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-historiographic-fiction 159/192
159
6(T3 ( 0)('3 +%& $.3 93(9- ;8$ ()#% $% &39"#$&";8$3 $.3 #0('3 %+ 0%##";")"$1 m???n $% 8#3
$.3 ,(&&($"<"$1 $.($ ;8&"3# $.3 93(9 (# ( =(1 %+ 3#$(;)"#.",/ ( 0)('3 +%& $.3 )"<",/-_ #%
$.3,- 9% 6(,1 =&"$3&# %+ ."#$%&"%/&(0."' 63$(+"'$"%, "93,$"+1 (,9 340)%"$ $.3 0%$3,$"()
+%& 6%&3 $.(, %,3 ",$3&0&3$($"%, %+ $.3 ."#$%&"'() &3'%&9V ", 9%",/ #%- $.31 %++3& $.3"&
&3(93&# $.3 %00%&$8,"$1 $% 3,/(/3 ", 03&#%,() (,9 #%'"3$() 9"#'%8# (;%8$ .%=
$.",/# 6"/.$ .(<3 ;33,?
8/16/2019 Thesis Historiographic Fiction
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-historiographic-fiction 160/192
160
Appendix A – Images related to the story of Thomas Whaley
6-.234 ) G AB0<4C>? ;0/?-:/ :/ DB4 J?<4 :9 K0/
(Whaley 1906, xxiv)
Figure 6 – Whaley's mansion as a hotel after his death in 1850
(Coakley 2001)
Figure 7 – Fort Anne Hotel, built as a replica of the original mansion
8/16/2019 Thesis Historiographic Fiction
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-historiographic-fiction 161/192
161
(Killey 2004)
Figure 8 – Whaley's Ancestral Home - No. 86, Stephen's Green, Dublin
(Whaley 1906, xi)
Figure 9 – Mrs Courtney Whaley (died 1797/99)
(Hoppner 1887)
8/16/2019 Thesis Historiographic Fiction
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-historiographic-fiction 162/192
162
Appendix B – Edward Sullivan’s Preface to Tom Whaley’s Memoirs
Buck Whaley's Memoirs
Including His Journey to Jerusalem
Written by himself in 1797 and now first published from the recently discovered manuscript.
Edited, with Introduction and Notes, by Sir Edward Sullivan, Bart.
London
Alexander Moring Ltd
The De La More Press32 George Street, Hanover Square W
MCMVI
PREFACE
The manuscript Memoirs of Thomas Whaley, now first published, are known to have, been
in existence ever since 1800, the year in which the writer died. They are mentioned in an
obituary notice of him which appeared in The Gentleman's Magazine at the time, but they are
supposed to have passed out of the hands of the family some forty or fifty years ago [Dict.
Nat. Biog., sub Whaley (Thomas).], since which time the place of their disposal has been amystery, and even their existence a matter of considerable doubt. The unknown owners had
been appealed to from time to time, by persons interested in the social history of Ireland
during the latter portion of the eighteenth century, to make their contents public [See
Fitzpatrick, Ireland before the Union, p. 79, n., and Notes and Queries, 3rd Series, ii. 314],
but such suggestions do not seem to have reached the ears of those for whom they wereintended.
Some little time ago, by a lucky accident, I happened to purchase in a London auction room
what I recognised to be an interesting example of Irish binding, in the characteristic style of
decoration common in Dublin at the close of the 18th Century, consisting of two handsome4to volumes of manuscript bound in red morocco, inlaid and tooled in gold, and lettered on
the back "Travels by T. W"
After investigation of the contents-in which I was materially assisted by Mr. Henry F. Berry,
I.S.O., of the Public Record Office, Dublin (to whom I am indebted for much other valuable
aid and information) - I discovered that these volumes were the original manuscript Memoirs
of Thomas Whaley so long missing, and which, as I have learned from enquiries since made,
seem to have been for many years passing from hand to hand amongst English book-collectors, their preservation in all probability being attributable rather to their gold-tooled
covers than to the more or less anonymous story which they contained.
The work was obviously compiled with a view to publication during the lifetime of the
writer, who refers to his intention to publish it by subscription; but the statement which has
been made in many quarters, that the author had left directions to his executors to print the
Memoirs, is not supported by anything to be found in his will, which may be seen at the
Public Record Office in Dublin.
8/16/2019 Thesis Historiographic Fiction
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-historiographic-fiction 163/192
163
The work is in all likelihood in the handwriting of an amanuensis, being written throughout
in copper-plate of an extremely clear and readable type; and the whole is in an excellent state
of preservation. The contents are, however, in a sense written anonymously, the lettered title
on the backs of the bound volumes being merely "Travels by T. W.," while on the written
title-page within the author describes himself by initials only, and in the body of the work the
identity of the principal persons mentioned is sought to be concealed in a like way.
There is one remarkable instance, however, where the writer lays the mask aside, and where
his name and that of his fellow-traveller, Hugh Moore, appear in full.
This is in the copy of the Certificate given to him by the Superior of the Convent at Nazareth
which bears witness to his having visited that city in March, 1789. Whaley's sudden death at
an early age may have interfered with the publication of the Memoirs, but the idea of making
them public does not seem to have been abandoned even after his death, for there are many
indications in the manuscripts themselves which strongly support the theory that the first
volume at least was prepared for the printer. In it are found occasional erasures, while otherwords have been superadded in a different hand, obviously with a view to toning down some
personal revelations which were calculated to hurt the surviving members of the family. I
shall have occasion later on to refer to these alterations in greater detail, as the necessity formaking them will be better understood after a perusal of the main incidents of Whaley's life
and travels.
Thomas Whaley, in Ireland commonly known as Buck, or Jerusalem Whaley, was born in
Dublin on the 15th December, 1766. [His own statement that he was born in 1768 is
obviously an error. It does not fit in with other statements which he makes elsewhere, nor
with the inscription on his tombstone.] He was the eldest surviving son of Richard Chapell
Whaley, of Whaley Abbey, Co. Wicklow, and of Dublin, M.P. for co. Wicklow, 1747-60, a
man of considerable property and of ancient descent, whose ancestors had settled in Irelandin the time of Oliver Cromwell, to whom, indeed., two of them were closely related. [The
pedigree of the Whaley family, so far as I have been able to extract, it from the many
conflicting statements found in the authorities quoted at the end of this note, seems to have been as shown in the family tree at the end of this chapter. See also extended note.] This
Richard Chapell Whaley was twice married; first, in 1727, to Catherine, daughter of Robert
Armitage, who died without issue; and secondly, in 1759, when at an advanced age, to Anne,
daughter of the Rev. Bernard Ward, then a lady of eighteen. The offspring of the second
marriage were:
(1) Richard Chapell, who died young.
(2) Thomas, the writer of the Memoirs.(3) John, who married, 1st, Lady Anne Meade, daughter of John, Earl of Clanwilliam;
and 2nd, Mary Anne, daughter of John Richardsom. John Whaley died 1847. His son by his second wife, John Richard William, married Louisa, daughter of Dr.
Townsend, late Bishop of Meath.
(4) William, a Lieutenant-Colonel in the army, died 1843.
(5) Susanna, who married Sir James Stewart, Bart., of Fort Stewart.
(6) Anne, who in 1786 married Right Hon. John Fitzgibbon, afterwards Earl of Clare
and Lord Chancellor of Ireland. She died 13 Jan., 1844.
(7) Sophia, who married Hon. Robert Ward, son of Lord Bangor.
8/16/2019 Thesis Historiographic Fiction
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-historiographic-fiction 164/192
164
Richard Chapell Whaley's Dublin residence was at first No. 77 (now No. 87), St. Stephen's
Green, South; and while he was in occupation of this house; Sir John Meade, first Lord
Clanwilliam, came into the neighbourhood, and built himself a new mansion (now No. 85),
which seems to have stirred the envy of Whaley. The latter thereupon purchased the piece of
ground lying between them, boasting (according to tradition) that he would build something
to make his noble neighbour's house look no better than a pigstye in comparison. The house
he commenced to build, but did not live to finish, was the mansion illustrated, and which alsoappears in the right-hand distance in the view of the Beaux Walk (pictured, left). Being
unfinished at the time of his death, it was by will bequeathed to his "dear wife Anne,"
directions being left to his executors to complete the building. It was occupied by one
member or another of the family up to the year 1853 when, some little time after the death of
John Whaley, it became the property of Cardinal Cullen, and is now the Catholic University
of Ireland. The artistic decorations of its interior still retain much of their original
magnificence.
It is said that Richard Chapell Whaley acquired during his lifetime the sobriquet of Burn-Chapell Whaley from the number of Roman Catholic churches he had helped to destroy by
fire - an assertion which is to some extent confirmed by a periodical publication which
appeared 20 years after his death. [Town and Country Magazine, 1789, p. 9. "The father ofour hero ["The Jerusalem Pilgrim"] was honoured with a commission of the peace, and in
consequence of the proclamation became a furious persecutor of the Popish ecclesiastics. Inone of his priest-hunting excursions it happened that, by firing a fowling-piece, he lodged the
wadding in the thatch of a Romish chapel, which [led to his being] notoriously known by the
name of Burn-Chapel till the day of his death."]. A more harmless instance of his
peculiarities is afforded by a very singular cheque which he once drew on La Touche's Bank
in favour of his wife-probably the only example of such a document ever written in rhyme.
"Mr. La Touche,Open your pouch,And give unto my darling
Five hundred pounds sterling:For which this will be your bailey,
Signed, Richard Chapell Whaley."
Richard Chapell Whaley died about the 16th January, 1769 [Sleater's Gazeteer of 16th to
18th Jan., 1769: "in Stephen's Green (pictured, right), at an advanced age, Richard Chapell
Whaley, Esq."], leaving his young widow and seven children surviving. About two years
after, the widow married a Mr. John Richardson of Dublin. [The marriage license is dated 7thDec., 1770.]
Young Thomas Whaley upon his father's death became entitled, as he mentions in the
Memoirs, to estates worth £7,000 a year, together with a sum of £60.000 in cash, the other
members of the family being at the same time amply provided for. He remained at school
until he was 16, when, with a view to completing his education, his mother sent him to
France, with an allowance of £900 a year, under the charge of a tutor, a gentleman of
education who had been in the army, but who had been obliged to sell his commission to pay
his debts, and who proved but "an indifferent mentor," to a lad such as Whaley was;
possessed of what was then a vast fortune, extravagant in his ideas, impracticable in all
matters of business, intolerant of any kind of moral restraint, and a gambler and libertine to boot.
8/16/2019 Thesis Historiographic Fiction
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-historiographic-fiction 165/192
165
After a short but riotous experience of life in France, fully described in the following pages,
young Whaley returned to Dublin, where he seems to have plunged with a natural relish into
the vortex of bravado and extravagance which distinguished the world of high life in the Irish
capital at the time. To appreciate the utterly reckless nature of his conduct at this period and
after, it should be remembered that the character of Ireland was then an anomaly in the moral
world. Any approach to the habits of the industrious classes by an application to trade or business, or even a profession, was considered a degradation to a gentleman, and the upper
orders of society affected a most rigid exclusiveness [Ireland Sixty Years Ago, John F.
Walsh; Master of the Rolls in Ireland. Dublin, 1847.]. Lawlessness of every kind was
rampant in the metropolis. The few miserable watchmen, to whom the keeping of good order
amongst the citizens was entrusted, were utterly inefficient for any purpose of protection, and
looked on in terror at the many conflicts which were perpetually being waged by day and
night in the streets.
Notable amongst the gentry of the time was a class called "Bucks," whose whole enjoymentand the business of whose life seemed to consist in eccentricity and violence. Many of their
names have come down to us, as Buck English [This English was one of the most
extraordinary characters of his day. Amongst other achievements he fought two duels, in both of which he killed his antagonist. On one occasion he killed a waiter at an inn in
England, and had him charged in the bill at £50. - Huish (Robt.) Memoirs of George theFourth, Lond., 1831, i. p.405. See Barrington s Personal Sketches, ii. 8. For a description of
Bucks, Macaronis, Jessamies, etc., see Ashton, Old Times, p.53, seq.], Buck Sheehy and
various others.
Some of the Bucks associated together under the name of the Hell-Fire Club, and from their
headquarters at Kilakee on the hills outside Dublin in nightly revels defied both God and man
[The Dublin Hell-fire Club does not seem to have been open to the admission of ladymembers, a privilege which was allowed occasionally in similar institutions in England. - SeeMrs. Delany's Autobiography and Correspondence, vi. 162.].
"Lucas's," the celebrated coffee-house, was then a favourite resort of the idle and wealthy,
and was particularly patronised by Bucks whose intolerable insolence was shown to all
persons of lower rank than themselves.
Another gathering-place for the aristocracy and Members of Parliament was Daly's Club in
College Green, where extravagant scenes of gambling and dissipation were constantly being
enacted. In this, the most famous establishment of its kind in Ireland, it is said that the
shutters were occasionally closed at noon that gambling might go on by candle-light; and itwas no uncommon occurrence to see one of the players, suspected of cheating, being flung
from an upper window into the street. The club-house was rebuilt in 1791, and on soluxurious a scale as to excite the surprise and admiration of travellers who visited Ireland.
["The god of cards and dice has a temple, called Daly's, dedicated to his honour in Dublin,
much more magnificent than any temple to be found in that city dedicated to the God of the
Universe." - Extract from a writer in 1794 quoted in Gilbert's History of Dublin, iii .,39.].
8/16/2019 Thesis Historiographic Fiction
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-historiographic-fiction 166/192
166
The first Irish State Lottery was drawn in I782 [At the Opera-house, Capel Street, on 24th
June.], an occurrence which naturally added fuel to the fire of speculation which was already
burning pretty brightly at this period amongst high and low while, as an additional incentive
to immorality and degradation, the hideous spectacles afforded by public executions provided
constant amusement for a mob whose love of drink and devilment was only surpassed by
their social superiors.
Such was the metropolis of Ireland at the time when Burns was writing,
"As sure's the deil's in hell,
Or Dublin City;"
and to such surroundings young Whaley returned after a preliminary course of extravagance
and dissipation in a foreign country where vicious habits of every kind were, if anything,
more common than at home. It was probably about this time that he won his spurs as a Buck.
He does not himself mention the names of his Irish boon companions in the orgies that went
on nightly in his Dublin house [Buck Whaley was never the owner of the mansion in St.
Stephen's Green, which remained the property of his mother until her death, when it passedto her then eldest surviving son, John Whaley.] - but from other sources it is known that he
was on terms of close intimacy with Francis Higgins, the notorious Sham Squire, and withLord Clonmell, and that the three were frequently to be seen disporting themselves on the
Beaux Walk in Stephen's Green during the hours in which persons of fashion in Dublin were
accustomed to take the air.
By all accounts, Buck Whaley must have presented a striking figure on such occasions.
Amongst others, his brother-in-law, Lord Cloncurry, writing in 1849, describes him as
having been "a perfect specimen of the Irish gentleman of the olden time." He had not,however, yet reached this high level of good looks when the portrait was painted which I amenabled to reproduce through the kindness of Mr. John Whaley of Annsboro, co. Kildare.
This was apparently taken when he was still a boy.
[What purports to be a portrait of Whaley at a later date, by the name of "The Jerusalem
Pilgrim," will be found at p.9 of the Town and Country Magazine for 1789, and beside it a
representation of a London Fille de Chambre, whose history is given in the accompanying
article. She may possibly be the female acquaintance mentioned in Chapter 2 of the
Memoirs.]
On the 10th of February, 1785, when he was only 18 years old, he was elected a member ofthe Irish House of Commons, taking his seat for Newcastle in the county of Dublin, which
place he represented until 1790. At a later date, in 1797, he was elected for Enniscorthy; andcontinued M.P. until his death in 1800. It is a curious feature of his Memoirs that he has
extremely little to say in reference to his parliamentary life; but it is possible that he paid but
small attention to his duties as a legislator so long as there was anything else to offer
attractions of a more diverting kind; and as a matter of fact he was absent from Ireland for a
considerable portion of the time during which he had a seat in the Irish House.
8/16/2019 Thesis Historiographic Fiction
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-historiographic-fiction 167/192
167
It was at this period of his career that the well-known journey to Jerusalem was undertaken.
It originated in a jest, and ended in a large and serious wager. Being at dinner one day at the
Duke of Leinster's with some people of fashion, Whaley was asked by one of the company to
what part of the world he meant to direct his course next. "To Jerusalem," he answered
without hesitation. It was suggested by some present that there was no such place then
existing; others questioned the possibility of his getting there even if it were still in existence;
whereupon Whaley "offered to bet any sum that he would go to Jerusalem and return toDublin within two years from his departure. Within the next few days he had £15,000
depending on the result [It has frequently been stated that it was a condition of the bet that
the journey should be performed on foot, except where it was absolutely necessary to make a
sea passage. There is no mention of any such stipulation by Whaley himself, or by Capt.
Moore, his fellow-traveller; and, as a fact, the greater portion of the trip was accomplished on
ship-board. The fiction as to playing ball against the walls of Jerusalem seems also to have
been the outcome of exaggeration, although Whaley's brother-in-law, Lord Cloncurry,
repeats the story in the traditional form. - See Personal Recollections. In Hook's Gurney
Married, vol. i., p. 146, ed. 1838, occurs the sentence: "I should as soon think of walking toJerusalem, as Parson Whalley did in my father's time." T. Crofton Croker, in his Memoirs of
Joseph Holt, General of the Irish Rebels in 1798, appends a long note in reference to Buck
Whaley's performances, which I include in the Appendix.].
He set out for Deal on the 20th September, 1788, where he was joined by a friend, CaptainWilson; and from that port on the 7th October he commenced his memorable journey on
board the London.
At Gibraltar he met another friend and countryman, Captain Hugh Moore, who was then
about to return to England on leave. Whaley however prevailed upon him to alter his plans,
and he consented to join the expedition [Hugh Moore, Whaley's travelling-companion on the
journey to Jerusalem and back, of Eglantine House and Mount Panther, co. Down, Captain inthe 5th Dragoon Guards, was a descendant of a very old Scotch family, the Muires ofRowallane in Ayrshire, his first ancestor in Ireland being a colonel in the army of William
III., who obtained a grant of land in Ulster. He was the eldest son of Mr. John Moore ofClough, and Deborah, daughter of Mr. Robert Isaac of Holywood. He raised, and was
Colonel of; the Eglantine Yeomanry during the Irish Rebellion of 1798, at which time he
served as A.D,C. to General Needham. He married a daughter of Mr. Robert Armitage of
Kensington, and died 29th July, 1848, aged 86. - See Knox's History of County Down and
Burke's Landed Gentry (Moore of Rowallane).]
Captain Wilson was prevented from con-tinuing the journey beyond Smyrna owing to a
rheumatic attack. Whaley and Moore left Smyrna for St. Jean d'Acre on the 3rd of February,1789, on board the Heureuse Marie, and reached Jerusalem on the 28th of the same month.
They arrived again in Dublin in June or July, 1789, and their return was celebrated by thelighting of bonfires through the city by the excited populace [Dublin Evening Post, July 23,
1789.]. Whaley then "produced such incontestable proof of having accomplished his arduous
undertaking" that his friends were obliged reluctantly to pay him a sum of £15,000. This left
him £7,000 to the good after defraying the expenses of the expedition; "the only instance," to
use his own words, "in all my life before in which any of my projects turned out to my
advantage. He remained in Dublin upwards of two years, engaged largely in gambling, only
to find in the end that there was a considerable balance against him.
8/16/2019 Thesis Historiographic Fiction
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-historiographic-fiction 168/192
168
Speaking of these years, he says, "It was at this period I happily formed an acquaintance with
a lady of exquisite taste and sensibility, from whom I have never since separated. She has
been a consolation to me in all my troubles, her persuasive mildness has been a constant
check on the impetuosity of my temper, and at this moment constitutes, in my retirement, the
principal source of all my felicity." She was a Miss Courtney; [Knutsford: its Traditions and
History, by Rev. Henry Green (Manchester, 1887), author of Shakspere and the Emblem
Writers.] and she lived with Whaley up to the time of her death, which took place when hewas resident in the Isle of Man.
Having gone the round of such amusements as Ireland could afford, he opened house in
London, "bought horses and carriages, subscribed to all the fashionable clubs, and was in a
short time a complete man of the ton at the West End of the town."
A restless curiosity next led him to Paris, where the Revolution was then in progress. His
experiences in the French capital at that dangerous time are highly interesting, and are
detailed with his usual openness. From thence he returned to Dublin, but only for the purposeof selling an estate, which brought him £25,000. "Having paid some debts and made a few
necessary purchases," he went back to Paris with £14,000 in his pocket, and again plunged
into the old life.
A journey to Switzerland followed, in the course of which he made the acquaintance ofWilliam Beckford, the author of Vathek, who was then living in luxurious seclusion at
Lausanne, and also Edward Gibbon, the historian of The Decline and Fall of the Roman
Empire. He gives some interesting particulars concerning both. Later on, after having spent
some time in Italy, he returned to Paris, where he remained until after the trial and death of
Louis XVI. Here, in the interests of safety, he was obliged to part company with his lady
companion. War was about to be declared between England and France, and her position was
one of much danger and apprehension. After many difficulties she made her escape toEngland for the purpose of procuring money for her protector, who was now reduced tosome-thing approaching impecuniosity. He himself remained in Paris, to be involved shortly
afterwards in a hostile meeting with Count Arthur Dillon, whom he had openly accused ofhaving swindled him at play. Later on he escaped from the French capital, and after some
perilous adventures reached Brussels in safety.
Making his way from thence to Calais, he awaited the return of his "dear companion" from
England. After a period of anxious delay the packet-boat at length appeared off the coast, and
he was enabled with help of his glass to see Miss Courtney on board. The municipality
however refused to admit the vessel into the harbour, and he had the mortification of seeing
the ship put about, without being able to send his friend even a letter, for the conveyance ofwhich he had offered a large reward. Further difficulties met him on his way to Ostend,
which he reached eventually in disguise.
Here, after a delay of some 10 days, he had the satisfaction to see the British flag flying on a
ship in the harbour, and recognizing some old friends among the officers, he was supplied
with sufficient money to take him to Dover. After a series of baffling disappointments and
romantic episodes he at length overtook his "Euridyce," with whom he returned to London,
only to find himself a little while later the inmate of a debtors' prison. From this unpleasant
position, after an ineffectual attempt at gaol-breaking, he was released by his brother-in-law,
the Irish Lord Chancellor, who happened to be in town at the time. "Determined," as he says,
"not to stay another hour in London," Whaley then set out for Dublin. Here he disposed of allhis remaining estates for the discharge of his personal debts, and with the surplus, which
8/16/2019 Thesis Historiographic Fiction
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-historiographic-fiction 169/192
169
amounted to about £5,000, true to the spirit of gambling to which he had always been a ready
slave, he resolved to try his fortune at play, and either retrieve himself or complete his ruin.
"The latter," he says, "was my fate, for in one winter I lost £10,000, which obliged me to sell
all my own jewels, and those I had given to my companion in better days so that in the course
of a few years I dissipated a fortune of near £400,000, and contracted debts to the amount of
£30,000 more, without ever purchasing or acquiring contentment or one hour's true
happiness."
He retired shortly afterwards to the Isle of Man in a hopeless condition of insolvency, where
he tells us he divided his time between the education of his children, the improvement of a
small farm, and the writing of his Memoirs. He ends his story of a wasted and riotous life in a
spirit of contrition and remorse, expressing a hope that what he had written might prove of
some service to other young men exposed to temptations like his own.
For the continuous folly and eccentricities of Whaley's ill-spent life it is difficult to account
in any rational way but, with his accustomed hardihood, he does not shrink from the attempthimself.
"I was born with strong passions, a lively imagination, and a spirit that could brookno restraint. I possessed a restlessness and activity of mind that directed me to the
most extravagant pursuits; and the ardour of my disposition never abated till satietyhad weakened the power of enjoyment till my health was impaired and my fortune
destroyed . . . No small share of my follies are to be laid to a neglected education."
His apologia, written as it was in the sackcloth and ashes of broken fortune and ruined social
standing-had his life but ended with the writing of it - might have appealed with some
measure of success to sympathetic readers. Unfortunately for him, the traditions which have
come down to us connected with his later years go far towards showing that the spirit ofhumiliation which he adopts in the introductory and concluding portions of his Memoirs, andthe sincerity of his anxiety for the morals of other young men likely to follow in his steps,
were merely the outcome of a kind of a death-bed repentance, which was thoroughly genuineso long as "the fell sergeant" was in sight, but the stagey and artificial nature of which
became aggressively apparent when the prospect of immediate danger had been removed.
The Isle of Man [In the MS. reading (p.7, post), "I am, at present, quietly settled in Ireland."
The word "Ireland" has been written over an erasure of something of greater length. Mr.
Greenfield's MS., referred to later on, has the same erasure and addition, but in his MS. the
words " Isle of Man" are still plainly visible.], the spot he selected for his retirement, was
then a favourite place of sanctuary for those who, having outrun the constable, still possessedthat genteel repugnance to the presence of bailiffs which is characteristic of the persons to
whom such officers are most assiduous in their attentions.
Here, in the neighbourhood of Douglas, he settled down after 10 years of dissolute living,
blessed," as he tells us, "with the reciprocal friendship of a tender and beloved companion . . .
. whose mild manners and amiable disposition form a striking contrast with the frivolousness,
the vanity and tinsel which I formerly so much admired in my female acquaintances." The
first period of his life in the island was, no doubt, taken up with the writing of the Memoirs,
which seem to have been ready for the press in 1797. It is strange, however, that Whaley is
altogether silent regarding his life in the neighbourhood of Douglas at this period; for local
tradition does not represent him as devoted solely to literature and the concerns of his newhome. On the contrary, his ways would seem not to have changed in any material respect
8/16/2019 Thesis Historiographic Fiction
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-historiographic-fiction 170/192
170
from their accustomed course, and he is described as filling at the Assemblies in Douglas the
office of Master of the Ceremonies in much the same way as Beau Nash played that part at
Bath. [Knutsford. its Traditions and History. Henry Green. 1887.
Bankrupt as his condition was when he retired from the world, it is certain that an
extraordinary change in his fortunes took place before he was long a resident in the Isle of
Man, for he commenced to build a mansion there of so costly and luxurious a character that itat once became known amongst the Manx people by the name of "Whaley's Folly." This was
Fort Anne. It is described in a scarce pamphlet by Thomas Callister, 1815:
"Fort Ann. - This is an exceedingly handsome seat, having been built at great expense
by Thomas Whalley (sic), Esq., deceased, an Irish gentleman of fortune, some years
since. It is in an elevated situation on the road leading to Douglas Head, just opposite
the Light House, and commands a most delightful prospect of Castle Mona, of
Colonel Stuart's seat, of The Hills, [The name of a house] the quay, the town and the
bay, as well as of Howstrake, and a great part of the country all around. On the westside is a long spacious and elegant hall, through which you pass in entering, which is
chiefly composed of stucco work; and on the east there is a low building adjoining
(left open at top with window openings in the side walk), of nearly the same size asthe hall, which is so contrived as to have the appearance to a stranger, from the pier,
of this edifice having been the remains of some ancient ruins, and that the severalother parts thereof had been lately modernised: the stables and coach-house are
remarkably elegant and the out-offices adjoining are neat and commodious: there are
also two fine gardens adjoining, one of them pretty large, and the other contains a
green-house, etc. There are at present two families that occupy it, each in distinct and
separate apartments, one of which is Major Ormsby's, and the other the Honourable
Mrs. Whalley, who is the proprietor. Under the building are extensive vaults, and the
interior altogether as well as the exterior are both much admired; and although it fallsgreatly short of Castle Mona in extent and elegance, yet the views thereof fromseveral spots, especially from the pier, the strand, and the bay, have an uncommon
pleasing effect."
It is unknown exactly when he commenced to build this house, but a contemporary record
describes it as still unfinished in 1798:
"The Duke of Athol's seat is in the vicinity of Douglas, and Mr. Whalley's beautiful
house and grounds, which are still in a progressive state of improvement, embellish
Douglas very much; it is a part of the Nunnery estate." [Feltham (J.). A Tour through
the Island of Mann. Bath, 1798, p. 231.]
Earlier in the same work, under the heading "A View of the Principal Estates, etc., with theirProprietors, 1798," Fort Ann is mentioned as that of Mr. Whalley.
During the building of this house, Whaley lost a favourite and trusty servant named Jack. The
intercourse between Douglas and Liverpool was, in those days, very uncertain, and
accompanied by danger, and the servant had been sent to the latter place for the purpose of
procuring a sum of money. This he obtained but on returning in an open vessel he was
shipwrecked and drowned. The money was found on his person when the body was washed
ashore [Knutsford: its Traditions and History.].
8/16/2019 Thesis Historiographic Fiction
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-historiographic-fiction 171/192
171
The house, which has been enlarged in recent years by the completion of extensive wings on
either side, was converted into an hotel about the middle of the last century. It is now known
as the Fort Anne Hotel, and many traces of the original luxurious fittings are still visible in
the solid mahogany window-shutters with silvered plate-glass let in, the Chippendale panels
below the windows, and the mahogany doors inlaid with Chippendale work. Especially
noticeable is a finely carved Carrara marble mantelpiece, one of the two medallions on which
is said to be a likeness of Buck Whaley himself. Two portraits formerly hung in the dining-room of the hotel, one of Whaley, and the other of his lady companion - he in the character of
a sportsman, and she in the style of Mrs. Siddons. These pictures were sold by auction some
twenty years ago, since when they have disappeared, and eluded the many efforts which have
been made by others as well as by myself to trace them. [The portrait of Whaley was
probably the one referred to in Mona's Herald and Fargher's Isle of Man Advertiser, 11th
May, 1896: "A full-length portrait of the Regent, and a companion picture of Whalley, his
huntsman and favourite hounds, painted by Northcote, were presented to the town of Douglas
by Sir William Hillary, and were hung in the Odd fellows' Hall, in Athol Street. Their
removal occurred by 'accident.' Power, the actor, rented the hall, and his men who remainedto take down the scenery and ship it, took down these pictures also; when someone told them
they 'were not Power's' . . Marshall, the owner of Fort Anne . . . claimed them, and removed
them back to Fort Anne, which he had no more right to do than . . ."]
The change which took place in Whaley's financial position during his residence in the Isle ofMan enabled him, amongst other things, to get into the Irish Parliament for a second time. He
was elected for Enniscorthy towards the end of 1797. Here, as perhaps in other directions, his
brother-in-law, Lord Clare, would naturally have lent him a helping hand; but it is plain from
the costly nature of the building of Fort Anne that money must have come to him, and in
large amounts too, before he embarked on the erection of such a residence. If local tradition
count for anything, the house would appear to have been built out of the proceeds of
successful gambling.
Up till now the name of Whaley does not seem to have been recorded amongst those that
played a part in the Chronique Scandaleuse which has grown up around the life and doings ofGeorge the Fourth when Prince of Wales. The following Memoirs, however, show that he
was entitled to a place there and if gossip long current in the Isle of Man can be relied on, the
part he played, in at least the financial scenes of the royal drama, must be regarded as of
more importance than that of a mere walking gentleman.
A writer who has collected a considerable amount of information relating to Whaley's later
life [Rev. Henry Green, M.A. Knutsford, op. cit. See Extract from Holt's Memoirs,
Appendix, ad fin.] tells us of meetings at the gaming-table between him and the Prince ofWales, in which fortune at last seemed to take the side of the one who had been so long the
victim of others in similar encounters, and in which the commoner not only relieved his princely opponent of vast sums of cash, but in the end succeeded by a grand coup in
annexing a Favorita of His Royal Highness, whom her ungallant protector had in a moment
of desperation staked as his only marketable asset.
At a somewhat later date, when the question of the Union was engaging the chief attention of
parliamentarians, we learn that another addition was made to Whaley's finances, though no
doubt of smaller amount than his profits from play. Castlereagh, writing to the Duke of
Portland, under date the 7th February, 1800, states that Whaley was absolutely bought by the
Opposition stockpurse, and received £2,000 down, and was to receive as much more. Thestatement is confirmed by Cornwallis: "Twelve of our Supporters deserted to the enemy on
8/16/2019 Thesis Historiographic Fiction
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-historiographic-fiction 172/192
172
the last division, one was bought during the debate (Jerusalem Whaley, the Chancellor's
brother-in-law)" [Cornwallis Correspondence, vol. iii. p.183; Letter to Bp. of Lichfield and
Coventry. A more detailed account of these transactions is given in Grattan's Memoirs, vol.
v. pp.71, 72:- "Mr. Thomas Whaley had in 1799 voted for the Union; he paid £4,000 for his
election for the town of Enniscorthy. He was not in affluent circumstances, but well inclined
to oppose the Union, and Mr, Goold accordingly agreed that these expenses would be paid if
he would vote against the Government. He did so, and when the division took place on thequestion in 1800, Mr. Cooke, the acting man for Lord Castlereagh . . . went to him and
offered him (to use his expression) a carte blanche; but Mr. Whaley would not break the
promise he had made to the Opposition. The funds, however, were soon exhausted, and a
member who would have opposed the Union was lost in consequence, and voted for it," &c.]
while Barrington states that Whaley afterwards took a bribe from the Government party to
vote in favour of the Union.
The house at Fort Anne, according to a tradition current at Knutsford - where Buck Whaley
died - was built upon Irish soil. Whaley, it appears, whether to win a bet, or for the purposeof fulfilling some strange vow, had undertaken to live upon Irish ground without residing in
Ireland, and in order to perform the undertaking had, previous to laying the foundations,
shipped over to Douglas a quantity of earth from his native land sufficient to underlie thewhole mansion to the depth of six feet. Another story limits the amount of Irish soil to "a
spot" in the grounds.
He does not seem to have been long settled in the new house when Miss Courtney, his lady
companion, died, leaving him with two sons and a daughter. She appears to have passed as
his wife during their stay in the Isle of Man, but it is abundantly clear from his own will-
referred to later on-that she was never legally entitled to this status, in spite of the very strong
attachment which her protector had always shown for her. The date of her death is not
known.
In January 1800 Whaley married [Gentlemen's Magazine, 1800, p. 1114.] the Hon. Mary
Catherine, daughter of Nicholas Lawless, first Lord Cloncurry, and sister to Valentine,second Lord Cloncurry, then an untried prisoner in the Tower of London; but his married life
came to an end before the year was out, his death taking place on the 2nd November, 1800.
At the time of its occurrence he seems to have been on his way from Liverpool to London,
for he was brought in an almost expiring condition to the "George Inn " at Knutsford, in
Cheshire, then a well known halting place on the mail-coach road, where he died soon after
being admitted.
The newspapers of the day ascribed his death to a rheumatic fever contracted in Ireland; buttradition has preserved a more tragic account of his demise, and would have us believe that
he was stabbed in a fit of jealousy by one of two sisters to whom he was paying markedattentions at a time when each of them was in ignorance of his concealed attachment to the
other. Sarah, or Sally, Jenkinson is stated by one writer [Edward Evans in The Irish Builder,
Dec., 1894.] to have been the name of the lady from whom he received his death wound:
another authority [Isle of Man Examiner, June 21st, 1902.] records the fact that this was the
very light-o'-love who had passed into his possession from the royal seraglio.
8/16/2019 Thesis Historiographic Fiction
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-historiographic-fiction 173/192
173
He was buried in Knutsford churchyard, where on a plain stone covering his grave is
inscribed
"Underneath is interred the body of Thomas Whaley, Esquire, of the City of Dublin,
who died November 2nd, 1800. Aged 34 years."
"A strange circumstance," says a historian of the locality [Green's Knutsford, p.139.],"took place just before his funeral. The body had been placed in a leaden coffin and
brought into the old assembly room, and the workmen had just made up the coffin,
when Mr. Robinson, an Irishman, who also was a dancing-master of that day,
stepping upon the coffin, danced a hornpipe over the body."
8/16/2019 Thesis Historiographic Fiction
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-historiographic-fiction 174/192
174
Bibliography
1894. The Irish Builder 36:291-294.
The Double-Tongued Dictionary. 2008.
http://www.doubletongued.org/index.php/dictionary/retcon/ (accessed 16/04/2008).
Editors' Choice: Recent books of particular interest.(Book Review Desk). 2009. The New
York Times Book Review: 14.
Abodunrin, F., L. Dale, C. Tiffin, R. Lane, S. Scafe, C. Chambers, R. Farebrother and N.Wattie. 2007. XVII - New Literatures. Years Work in English Studies 86 (1):1008.
Ackroyd, P. 2001. London: The Biography. Sydney: Vintage.
Allport, H. 1966. Gould, William Buelow (1801 - 1853).
http://adbonline.anu.edu.au/biogs/A010428b.htm (accessed 13/09/2010).
Amabile, T. 1996. Creativity in Context . Boulder: Westview Press.
Anonymous. 2009. notebook. World Literature Today 83 (5):5.
Argyris, C. and D. Schon. 1974. Theory in Practice: Increasing Personal Effectiveness. SanFrancisco: Jossey-Bass Publishers.
Argyris, C. and D. Schon. 1977. Theory in Practice: Increasing Professional Effectiveness.London: Jossey-Bass Publishers.
Ashe, G. 2005. The Hell-Fire Clubs. Great Britain: Sutton Publishing.
Bakhtin, M. 1981. The Dialogic Imagination: Four Essays. Ed. M. Holquist. Austin:University of Texas Press.
Bal, M. 1996. Focalization. In Narratology, eds. S. Onega and J. A. G. Landa, 114-129.
Harlow: Pearson Education Limited.
Ballantyne, T. 2005. Putting the nation in its place?: World history and C. A. Bayly’s The
Birth of the Modern World. In Connected Worlds - History in Transnational
Perspective, eds. A. Curthoys and M. Lake, 23-45. Canberra: ANU Press.
Barnard, A. 1974. Nicolle, Eugène Dominique (1823 - 1909).http://adbonline.anu.edu.au/biogs/A050391b.htm (accessed 19/08/2010).
Barrett, E. 2007. The Exegesis as Meme. In Practice as Research: Approaches to Creative
Arts Enquiry, eds. E. Barrett and B. Bolt, 159-164. London: I.B. Taurus.
8/16/2019 Thesis Historiographic Fiction
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-historiographic-fiction 175/192
175
Barrett, E. 2007. Foucault's 'What is an Author?": Towards a Critical Discourse of Practice
as Research. In Practice as Research: Approaches to Creative Arts Enquiry, eds. E.
Barrett and B. Bolt, 135-146. London: I.B. Taurus.
Barros, C. 1998. Autobiography: Narrative of Transformation. Michigan: University of
Michigan.
Barthes, R. 1975. An Introduction to the Structural Analysis of Narrative. New Literary
History 16 (2):237-272.
Barthes, R. 2004. The Death of the Author. In Literature in the Modern World: Critical
Essays and Documents, ed. D. Walder. Melbourne: Oxford University Press.
Bergson, H. 1947. The Creative Mind: An Introduction to Metaphysics. Kensington: Citadel
Press.
Berkhofer, R. 1995. Beyond the Great Story: History as Text and Discourse. London:Harvard university Press.
Berry, E. 1964. The Four Londons of William Hogarth. London: David Mackay Company.
Blainey, G. 1993. Drawing Up a Balance Sheet of Our History. Quadrant 37 (7-8):10-15.
Bode, K. 2008. 'Opportunistic transpositions and elisions': Roger McDonald's The Ballad of
Desmond Kale; or, the fiction question: who owns stories? Antipodes 22 (2):89-95.
Bolt, B. 2007. The Magic is in Handling. In Practice as Research: Approaches to Creative Arts Enquiry, eds. E. Barrett and B. Bolt, 27-34. London: I.B. Taurus.
Booth, W. 1961. The Rhetoric of Fiction. London: The University of Chicago Press.
Booth, W. 1996. Distance and Point of View. In Essentials of the Theory of Fiction, ed. M.
Hoffman, 119-134. London: Leicester University Press.
Boswell, J. ed. 1762-1763. Boswell's London Journal, 1762-1763. Edited by. F. Pottle. New
Haven: Yale University Press.
Brady, F. F. P. 1957. In Search of a Wife, 1766-1769. Melbourne: Heinemann.
Brien, D. L. 2009. 'Based on a True Story': The Problem of the Perception of Biographical
Truth in Narratives Based on Real Lives. TEXT 13 (2).
Brien, D. L. 2009. Disclosure in Biographically-Based Fiction: the Challenges of Writing
Narratives Based on True Life Stories. m/c journal 12 (5) (accessed 15/05/2010).
Brinkmann, S. 2009. Literature as Qualitative Inquiry: The Novelist as Researcher.
Qualitative Inquiry 15 (1376).
http://qix.sagepub.com.ezp01.library.qut.edu.au/content/15/8/1376.full.pdf+html.
Brough, D. 2009. Interview about eighteenth-century fashion. Brisbane, 14/04/2009.
8/16/2019 Thesis Historiographic Fiction
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-historiographic-fiction 176/192
176
Brown, D. 2003. The Da Vinci Code. New York: Doubleday.
Brown, D. n.d. The Official Website of Bestselling Author Dan Brown.
http://www.danbrown.com/#/davinciCode/questions (accessed 04/02/2011).
Brown, L. ed. 1993. The New Shorter Oxford English Dictionary. Edited. 4th ed. Vol. 2.
Oxford: Oxford University Press.
Buchholz, L. 2009. The Morphing Metaphor and the Question of Narrative Voice. Narrative
17 (2):200-219.
http://gateway.library.qut.edu.au/login?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?d
irect=true&db=afh&AN=38797700&site=ehost-live.
Burke, J. 1968. Hogarth: Complete Engravings. London: Thames and Hudson.
Byrne, M. 2006. Brindabella: Literary News from Around Australia. Antipodes 20 (1):92-93.
Calvino, I. 1998. If on a Winter’s Night a Traveller . Sydney: Vintage.
Carey, P. 1997. Jack Maggs. Brisbane: University of Queensland Press.
Carrard, P. 2001. History as a Kind of Writing: Michael de Certeau and the Poetics of
Historiography. South Atlantic Quarterly 100 (2):465.
http://gateway.library.qut.edu.au/login?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?d
irect=true&db=afh&AN=6640481&site=ehost-live
Carter, P. 2004. Material Thinking: The Theory and Practice of Creative Research.Melbourne: Melbourne University Press.
Carter, P. 2010. Ground Truthing: Explorations in a Creative Region. Crawley: University
of Western Australia Publishing.
Cary, L. D. 1990. Margaret Fuller as Hawthorne's Zenobia: The problem of moral
accountability in fictional biography. In ATQ: University of Rhode Island.
Chad, H. 2009. Australia's Birthstain: the Startling Legacy of the Convict Era. Journal ofthe Association for the Study of Australian Literature : JASAL 9:1.
Charles, S. 2001. 'Autobiografiction': Problems with autobiographical fictions and fictional
autobiographies. Mark Rutherford's Autobiography and Deliverance, and others.
Modern Language Review 96:21.
http://gateway.library.qut.edu.au/login?url=http://proquest.umi.com/pqdweb?did=71
052205&Fmt=7&clientId=14394&RQT=309&VName=PQD
Chatman, S. 1983. Story and Discourse: Narrative Structure in Fiction and Film. New
York: Cornell University Press.
8/16/2019 Thesis Historiographic Fiction
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-historiographic-fiction 177/192
177
Chatman, S. 1990. Coming to Terms: The Rhetoric of Narrative in Fiction and Film. Ithaca,
New York: Cornell University Press.
Chatman, S. 1996. Discourse – Nonnarrated Stories. In Essentials of the Theory of Fiction,
ed. M. Hoffman. London: Leicester University Press.
Chaudhuri, C. a. H. F. 2006. The Open Image: Poetic Realism and the New Iranian Cinema.
In Screening World Cinema: A Screen Reader, ed. K. a. A. K. Grant, 163-181.
London: Routledge (accessed 06/08/2010).
Chaudhuri, S. H. F. 2006. The Open Image: Poetic Realism and the New Iranian Cinema. In
Screening World Cinema, ed. C. A. K. Grant. London: Routledge.
Cicolini, A. 2005. The New English Dandy. London: Thames & Hudson.
Clendinnen, I. 2006. The History Question: Who Owns the Past? . Quarterly Essay (23).
Coakley, F. 2001. The Isle of Man: The Nation's Website. http://www.isle-of-
man.com/manxnotebook/towns/douglas/ftanne.htm (accessed 04/02/2011).
Cockayne, E. 2005. Hubbub: Filth, Noise & Stench in England . London: Yale University
Press.
Coffin, B. 2008. Do Over. In Risk Management .
Cohn, D. 2000. Discordant narration. Style 34 (2):307.
http://gateway.library.qut.edu.au/login?url=http://proquest.umi.com/pqdweb?did=70
970092&Fmt=7&clientId=14394&RQT=309&VName=PQD.
Cohn, D. 2000. Transparent Minds: Narrative Modes for Presenting Consciousness in
Fiction. In The Narrative Reader ed. M. McQuillan. London: Routledge.
Cohu, W. 2002. Art and Books - Deep down under A prisoner's life in Tasmania was
shocking enough. Why embroider it? The Daily Telegraph.
Collins, F. 2008. Historical Fiction and the Allegorical Truth of Colonial Violence in The
Proposition. Cultural Studies Review 14 (1):55-71.
Crew, G. 2001. Strange Objects. Sydney: Hodder Headline.
Csikszentmihalyi, M. 2002. Flow: The Classic Work on How to Achieve Happiness.
Sydney: Ryder.
Cugley, D. 1990. Original Meaning of RETroactive CONtinuity. In rec.arts.comics
discussion forum.
Cunningham, S. 2009. Immersing the Audience. Meanjin 68 (3).
Currie, M. 1998. Postmodern Narrative Theory. London: Macmillan Press.
8/16/2019 Thesis Historiographic Fiction
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-historiographic-fiction 178/192
178
Dally, J. 1967. Jorgenson, Jorgen (1780 - 1841)
http://adbonline.anu.edu.au/biogs/A020025b.htm?hilite=jorgensen (accessed
13/09/2010).
de Certeau, M. 1988. The Practice of Everyday Life. London: University of California Press.
de Certeau, M. 1988. The Writing of History. New York: Columbia University Press.
De Kretser, M. 1999. The Rose Grower . Sydney: Vintage.
de Sade, D. A. 1791. Justine, or The Misfortunes of Virtue. Wilder Publications.
Deborah, H. 2006. Family disconnection. In Australian, The.
DelConte, M. 2003. Why You Can’t Speak: Second-Person Narration, Voice, and a New
Model for Understanding Narrative. Style 37 (2).
Deleuze, G. 2006. Fold. London: Continuum International Publishing Group.
Deleuze, G. F. G. 1968. Difference & Repetition. Trans. P. Patton. London: The Athlone
Press.
Deleuze, G. F. G. 1987. A Thousand Plateaus: Capitalism and Schizophrenia. Minneapolis:
University of Minnesota Press.
Delrez, M. 2007. Nationalism, Reconciliation, and the Cultural Genealogy of Magic in
Richard Flanagan's Death of a River Guide. The Journal of Commonwealth Literature 42 (1):117-129.
Denzin, N. K. Y. L. 2000. The Handbook of Qualitative Research second edition.
California: Sage Publications: Thousand Oaks.
Diderot, D. 1796. Memoirs of a Nun. Trans. F. Birrell. New York: Alfred A. Knopf.
Diderot, D. 1992. Political Writings. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
Dively, R. 2006. Preludes to insight : creativity, incubation, and expository writing .
Cresskill, N.J: Hampton Press.
Dixon, R. 2007. Australian Literature-International Contexts. Southerly 67 (1-2):15-27.
Dole!el, L. 1980. Truth and Authenticity in Narrative. Poetics Today 1 (3):7-25.
Dole!el, L. 2002. Fictional and Historical Narrative: Meeting the Postmodernist Challenge.
In Narratologies: New Perspectives on Narrative Analysis, ed. D. Herman, 247-270.
Columbus: Ohio State University Press.
Dunstan, D. 1986. McEacharn, Sir Malcolm Donald (1852 - 1910).
http://adbonline.anu.edu.au/biogs/A100257b.htm (accessed 18/08/2010).
8/16/2019 Thesis Historiographic Fiction
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-historiographic-fiction 179/192
179
Eakin, P. J. 1999. How Our Lives Become Stories: Making Selves, 142-186. Ithaca: Cornell
University Press.
Eco. 2004. Umberto Eco on Literature. London: Harcourt.
Eco, U. 1984. Postscript to The Name of the Rose. London: Harcourt Brace Jovanovich.
England, K. 2008. Rewriting the past. The Advertiser .
Evans, E. 1894. Old Dublin Mansion-houses: Their Lordly Occupiers in the Last Century.
The Irish Builder 36:293-294.
Feltham, J. 1798. A Tour through the Island of Mann in 1797 and 1798. Bath: R. Cruttwell.
see google books.
Fischer, L. 2008. Crises of Memory and the Second World War. Biography 31 (4):753.
http://gateway.library.qut.edu.au/login?url=http://proquest.umi.com/pqdweb?did=1633644201&Fmt=7&clientId=14394&RQT=309&VName=PQD
Fish, S. 1989. Doing What Comes Naturally: Change, Rhetoric, and the Practice of Theory
in Literary and Legal Studies. Durham, North Carolina: Duke University Press.
Fisher, M. 2007. ‘‘How Very Lacanian’: From Fantasy to Hyperreality in Basic Instinct 2’.
Flanagan, R. 1994. Death of a River Guide. London: Atlantic Books.
Flanagan, R. 2002. Gould's Book of Fish. Sydney: Picador.
Flanagan, R. 2008. Richard Flanagan - Wanting.http://www.richardflanaganwanting.com.au/notes.aspx (accessed 17/08/2010).
Flanagan, R. 2008. Wanting . Sydney: Knopf.
Flanagan, R. 2010. Phone Conversation about Fiction. Brisbane, 07/09/2010.
Fludernik, M. 1994. History and Metafiction: Experientiality, Causality, and Myth. In
Historiographic metafiction in modern American and Canadian literature, ed. B. K.
M. Engler, 81-101. Paderborn: Ferdinand Schoningh. http://www.freidok.uni-freiburg.de/volltexte/4915/ (accessed 21/05/2010).
Fludernik, M. 2003. Chronology, Time, Tense, an Experientialty in Narrative. Language
and Literature 12 (2):117-134 (accessed 21/05/2010).
Fludernik, M. 2007. Histories of Narrative Theory (II): From Structuralism to the Present. In
Companion to Narrative Theory, eds. J. Phelan and P. J. Rabinowitz, 36-57. Oxford:
Wiley-Blackwell.
Foucault, M. 1975. Discipline and Punish. In Contemporary Sociological Theory, ed. C.
Calhoun, J. Gerteis, J. Moody, S. Pfaff, & I. Virk. Oxford: Blackwell Publishing.
8/16/2019 Thesis Historiographic Fiction
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-historiographic-fiction 180/192
180
Foucault, M. 1976. The History of Sexuality: An Introduction Volume 1. London: Penguin.
Foucault, M. 1984. The Use of Pleasure: The History of Sexuality Volume 2. London:
Penguin.
Foucault, M. 1989. The Archaeology of Knowledge. London: Routledge.
Fowles, J. 1969. The French Lieutenant’s Woman. London: Jonathan Cape Ltd.
Fowles, J. 1985. A Maggot . USA: First Back Bay.
Freadman, R. 2004. Decent and Indecent: Writing My Father's Life. In The Ethics of Life
Writing, ed. P. J. Eakin, 121-146. Ithaca: Cornell University Press.
Free, D. 2010. Writing is Hell - The Paris Review Interviews, vol. 4.
http://theember.com.au/ (accessed 11/02/2011).
Friedman, N. 1955. Point of View in Fiction. Publications of the Modern Languages
Association 70:1160-1184.
Gaita, R. 2007. Comment. In The Monthly. Collingwood: Gordon and Gotch.
Gatrell, V. 2006. City of Laughter: Sex and Satire in Eighteenth Century London
London: Atlantic Books.
Genette, G. 1980. Narrative Discourse. Oxford: Basil Blackwell.
Genette, G. 2000. Narrative Discourse Revisited. In The Narrative Reader, ed. M.
McQuillan. London: Routledge.
Gibson, R. 2010. The Known World. TEXT (Special Issue No 8).
Gooblar, D. 2009. The Truth Hurts: The Ethics of Philip Roth's "Autobiographical" Books.
Journal of Modern Literature 32 (1):33-53.
Green, H. 1859. Knutsford : Its Traditions and History. London: Smith, Elder & Cornhill.
Grenville, K. 2009. Academic Fictions. http://kategrenville.com/node/50.
Grenville, K. 2007. History and Fiction.
http://kategrenville.com/The_Secret_River_History%20and%20Fiction.
Grenville, K. 2005. Kate Grenville - Australian Author - Official Web Site.
http://kategrenville.com (accessed 18/08/2010).
Grenville, K. 2008. The Lieutenant . Melbourne: Text Publishing.
Grenville, K. 2006a. Searching for The Secret River . Melbourne: Text.
Grenville, K. 2006b. The Secret River . Melbourne: Text.
8/16/2019 Thesis Historiographic Fiction
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-historiographic-fiction 181/192
181
Gross, S. 2008. Surveying Narratology. Monatshefte 100 (4):534-559.
http://muse.jhu.edu.ezp01.library.qut.edu.au/.
Halloran, R. 1989. A New Star Wars Film?: rec.arts.sf-lovers discussion forum.
Hardaway, R. 2003. No Price Too High: Victimless Crimes and the Ninth Amendment .
Westport, Connecticut: Greenwood Publishing Group.
http://books.google.com.au/books?id=8Uq7qxyKy6UC.
Hart, F. 1970. Notes for an Anatomy of Modern Autobiography. New Literary History 1
(3):485-511.
Hartley, J. ed. 2005. Creative Industries. Edited. Malden, MA: Blackwell.
Haseman, B. 2007. Rupture and Recognition: Identifying the Performative Research
Paradigm. In Practice as Research: Approaches to Creative Arts Enquiry, eds. E.Barrett and B. Boyd. London: I.B. Taurus.
Hazlitt, W. 1959. Table Talk . London: Dent.
Henshon, S. 2006. A Journey Through Creativity as a Writer and Researcher: An Interview
with Jane Piirto. Roeper Review 29 (1):5-9.
Herman, D. 1997. Scripts, Sequences, and Stories: Elements of a Postclassical Narratology.
PMLA 112 (5):1046-1059. http://www.jstor.org/stable/463482.
Herman, L. and B. Vervaeck. 2001. Handbook of Narrative Analysis. Lincoln: University of
Nebraska Press.
Herman, L. and B. Vervaeck. 2007. Postclassical Narratology. In Routledge Encyclopedia of
Narrative Theory, eds. D. Herman, M. Jahn and M.-L. Ryan. Hoboken: Routledge.
Hetherington, P. 2010. Some (post-romantic) reflections on creative writing and the
exegesis. TEXT (Special Issue No 8).
Hoffman, M. P. M. ed. 2005. Essentials of the Theory of Fiction. Edited. Durham: Duke
University Press.
Hope, D. 2006. Family Disconnection. The Australian.
Hoppner, j. 1887. Mrs Whaley (died 1797/99). New York.
Howard, J. 1988. Future Directions. In Australian Liberal Party, 92-93: Australian Liberal
Party.
Hugo, G. 1995. Richard Flanagan: The Making of a Tasmanian Best-seller. http://www.the-
write-stuff.com.au/archives/vol-1/interviews/flanagan.html.
8/16/2019 Thesis Historiographic Fiction
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-historiographic-fiction 182/192
182
Hume, K. 2005. Narrative Speed in Contemporary Fiction. Narrative 13 (2):105-124.
http://gateway.library.qut.edu.au/login?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?d
irect=true&db=afh&AN=16649915&site=ehost-live.
Hutcheon, L. 1988. Review: A Poetics of Postmodernism. Diacritics 13 (4):33-42 (accessed
18/05/2010).
Hutcheon, L. 1989. Historiographic Metafiction: Parody and the Intertextuality of History.
In Intertextuality and Contemporary American Fiction. Baltimore: Johns HopkinsUP.
Hutcheon, L. 1991. Narcissistic Narrative: The Metafictional Paradox. London: J.W.
Arrowsmith.
Hutcheon, L. 1991. A Theory of Parody: The Teaching of Twentieth-century Art Forms.
London: Routledge.
Hutcheon, L. 1996. A Poetics of Postmodernism: History, Theory, Fiction. London:
Routledge.
Hutcheon, L. 2010. Email Communication, 22/05/2010.
Hyland, K. 2005. Metadiscourse. London: Continuum.
Jahn, M. ed. 2000. Stanley Fish and the Constructivist Basis of Postclassical Narratology.
Anglistentag 1999 Mainz . Mainz. http://www.uni-koeln.de/~ame02/jahn00.htm.
Jahn, M. 2005. Narratology: A Guide to the Theory of Narrative. http://www.uni-
koeln.de/~ame02/pppn.htm.
John, W.-B. 2001. Jack Kerouac's Duluoz Legend: The Mythic Form of an
Autobiographical Fiction. American Literature 73 (2):425.
http://gateway.library.qut.edu.au/login?url=http://proquest.umi.com/pqdweb?did=75
465598&Fmt=7&clientId=14394&RQT=309&VName=PQD
Johns, C. 2000. Becoming a Reflective Practitioner . London: Blackwell Science.
Jones, J. 2008. "Dancing the Old Enlightenment": Gould's Book of Fish, the Historical Novel and the Postmodern Sublime. Journal of the Association for the Study of Australian Literature : JASAL 0 (0).
http://www.nla.gov.au/openpublish/index.php/jasal/article/view/678.
Judith, E. M. 2006. Luise Mühlbach's Aphra Behn (1849): Auto/Biography of a Woman
Artist. Neophilologus 90 (4):585.
http://gateway.library.qut.edu.au/login?url=http://proquest.umi.com/pqdweb?did=11
35584511&Fmt=7&clientId=14394&RQT=309&VName=PQD
Kaplan, C. 2007. Victoriana – Histories, Fictions, Criticism. Edinburgh: Edinburgh
University Press.
8/16/2019 Thesis Historiographic Fiction
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-historiographic-fiction 183/192
183
Keen, S. 2003. Levels: Realms of Existence. In Narrative Form, ed. S. Keen. London:
Palgrave Macmillan.
Keen, S. 2003. Narrative Form. New York: Palgrave Macmillan.
Keen, S. 2003. People on Paper. In Narrative Form, ed. S. Keen. London: PalgraveMacmillan.
Kellaway, K. 2002. The Books Interview - Richard Flanagan. The Observer .
Kelly, I. 2005. Beau Brummell: The Ultimate Dandy. London: Hodder & Staunton.
Killey, P. 2004. Fort Anne Hotel. Douglas: Manx Scenes.
King, S. 2000. On Writing: A Memoir of the Craft . New York: Scribner.
Kossew, S. 2007. Voicing the "Great Australian Silence": Kate Grenville's Narrative ofSettlement in The Secret River. The Journal of Commonwealth Literature 42 (2):7-
18. http://jcl.sagepub.com/content/42/2/7.abstract.
Kossew, S. 2007. Voicing the "great Australian silence": Kate Grenville's narrative of
settlement in The 'Secret River'. JOURNAL OF COMMONWEALTH LITERATURE
42 (2):7-18.
Kotte, C. 2001. Ethical Dimensions in British Historiographic Metafiction. Freiburg:
Wissenschaftlicher Verlag Trier.
Kotte, C. 2008. Historiographic Metafiction. In Routledge Encyclopedia of Narrative
Theory, eds. D. Herman, M. Jahn and M.-L. Ryan, 216. London: Routledge.
Koval, R. 2005. Kate Grenville talks to Ramona Koval.
http://www.abc.net.au/rn/arts/bwriting/stories/s1414510.htm.
Koval, R. 2008. Louis Nowra on Ice. Interview.
http://www.abc.net.au/rn/bookshow/stories/2008/2431202.htm
(accessed
24/01/2009).
Kristeva, J. 1980. Desire in Language: A Semiotic Approach to Literature and Art . NewYork: Columbia University Press.
La Capra, D. 1985. History and Criticism. Ithaca, N.Y.: Cornell University Press.
Lamarque, P. S. O. 1996. Truth Fiction and Literature. Oxford: Clarendon Press.
Lammey, D. 2008. ‘Whaley, Thomas (1766–1800)’.
http://www.oxforddnb.com/view/article/29156 (accessed 24/08/2010).
Leach, J. 2010. Personal Email. Knutsford, 14/06/2010.
8/16/2019 Thesis Historiographic Fiction
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-historiographic-fiction 184/192
184
Leaska, M. 1996. The Concept of Point of View. In Essentials of the Theory of Fiction, ed.
M. Hoffman, 119-134. London: Leicester University Press.
Leggett, A. 2008. Personal conversation. Brisbane, 04/02/2008.
Lejeune, P. 1986. Moi aussi. Paris: Seuil.
Lejeune, P. 1989. On Autobiography. Minneapolis: University of Minnesota Press.
Levin, M. and L. Taitz. 1997. Fictional autobiographies/Autobiographical fictions:
(Re)evaluating the work of Dambudzo Maracherea. Journal of Commonwealth
Literature 33 (1):103.
http://gateway.library.qut.edu.au/login?url=http://proquest.umi.com/pqdweb?did=25
193974&Fmt=7&clientId=14394&RQT=309&VName=PQD
Lodge, D. 1990. After Bakhtin: Essays on Fiction and Criticism. New York: Routledge.
Lubbock, P. 1921. The Craft of Fiction. London: Jonathan Cape.
http://www.gutenberg.org/files/18961/18961.txt (accessed 19/05/2010).
Lucas, B., C. 2008. Inside Australia - mY Generation: Age of Avatars, 6. SBS, Australia
Lucas, B., C. 2008. Inside Australia - mY Generation: Electioneering , 5. SBS, Australia
Lucas, B., C. 2008. Inside Australia - mY Generation: Fresh Off the Boat , 4. SBS, Australia
Lucas, B., C. 2008. Inside Australia - mY Generation: Y 21, 2. SBS, Australia
Lucas, B., C. 2008. Inside Australia - mY Generation: Y Dwell , 3. SBS, Australia
Lucas, B., C. 2008. Inside Australia - mY Generation: Y God , 1. SBS, Australia
Lynch, G. 2009. Apocryphal Stories in Kate Grenville's Searching for the Secret River .
TEXT 13 (1). http://www.textjournal.com.au/april09/lynch.htm.
Lynch, R. 2009. SYMBOLIC NARRATIVES: THE DANGERS OF BEING AN
INTERTEXTUALLY INCLINED CHARACTER. Studies in the Novel 41 (2):224-
240.http://gateway.library.qut.edu.au/login?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=afh&AN=47435195&site=ehost-live.
Lyotard, J. F. 1988. Peregrinations: Law, Form, Event . Columbia University Press.
MacLachlan, G. I. R. 1994. Framing and Interpretation. Carlton: Melbourne University
Press.
Marcus, A. 2008. Narrative Ethics and Incommensurable Discourses: Lyotard's The
Differend and Fowles's The Collector. Mosaic : a Journal for the Interdisciplinary
Study of Literature 41 (4):77-91. http://www.proquest.com.ezp01.library.qut.edu.au/(accessed 13/09/2010).
8/16/2019 Thesis Historiographic Fiction
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-historiographic-fiction 185/192
185
Margolin, U. 2004. Coda: The Next Generation. Style 38 (3):376-387 (accessed
21/05/2010).
Martinez, J. 2009. Tasmanian Devil. Publishers Weekly 256 (15):25.
Matthew, K. 2001. Jack Kerouac's Duluoz Legend: The Mythic Form of an
Autobiographical Fiction. Modern Fiction Studies 47 (2):499.
http://gateway.library.qut.edu.au/login?url=http://proquest.umi.com/pqdweb?did=76699968&Fmt=7&clientId=14394&RQT=309&VName=PQD
McCallum, R. 1999. Ideologies of Identity in Adolescent Fiction. London: Garland
Publishing.
McGregor, I. and J. G. Holmes. 1999. How storytelling shapes memory and impressions of
relationship events over time. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology 76
(3):403-419. 10.1037/0022-3514.76.3.403http://gateway.library.qut.edu.au/login?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=tr
ue&db=pdh&AN=psp-76-3-403&site=ehost-live.
McInerny, J. 1993. Bright Lights, Big City. London: Penguin.
McKenna, M. 2006. Writing the Past. In The Best Australian Essays 2006, ed. D. Modjeska,
96-110. Melbourne: Black Inc.
McLean, S. 2001. Hook, Line and THINKER. The Courier Mail .
Merrill, A. 2007. The Evolution of Nancy Drew, Cultural Icon: Readers, Writers, and
Fanfiction Authors. Master's Degree, NCSU.http://www.lib.ncsu.edu/theses/available/etd-03212007-201056/ (accessed
16/02/2009).
Miller, N. 2004. The Ethics of Betrayal: Diary of a Memoirist. In The Ethics of Life Writing,
ed. P. J. Eakin, 147-160. Ithaca: Cornell University Press.
Mills, C. 2004. Friendship, Fiction, and Memoir: Trust and Betrayal in Writing from One's
Own Life. In The Ethics of Life Writing, ed. P. J. Eakin, 101-120. Ithaca, New York:
Cornell University Press.
Montaigne. 1958. The Complete Works of Montaigne: Essays, Travel Journal, Letters.
Trans. D. M. Frame. London: Hamish Hamilton.
Mordue, M. 2003. Is the Novel Dead? Sydney Morning Herald. Newspaper article.
http://www.smh.com.au/articles/2003/01/24/1042911538158.html (accessed
12/08/2010).
Morgan, D. 2010. 'Oz' student in hunt for grave of loveable rogue ancestor. Guardian News.
http://mobile.knutsfordguardian.co.uk/news/8273544.___Oz____student_in_hunt_fo
r_grave_of_loveable_rogue_ancestor/ (accessed 19/08/2010).
8/16/2019 Thesis Historiographic Fiction
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-historiographic-fiction 186/192
186
Mullan, J. 2006. How Novels Work . Oxford: Oxford University Press.
Mullan, J. 2009. Saturday review: GUARDIAN BOOK CLUB: John Mullan on The Secret
River by Kate Grenville. The Guardian.
Murray, M. A. 1955. Ancient and Modern Ritual Dances in the near East. Folklore 66(4):403.
Nancy, K. M. 2007. The Entangled Self: Genre Bondage in the Age of the Memoir. PMLA. Publications of the Modern Language Association of America 122 (2):537.
http://gateway.library.qut.edu.au/login?url=http://proquest.umi.com/pqdweb?did=12
94923631&Fmt=7&clientId=14394&RQT=309&VName=PQD
Nelles, W. 1992. Stories within Stories: Narrative Levels and Embedded Narrative. Studies
in the Literary Imagination 25 (1):74-96 (accessed 06/08/2010).
Nelson, B. 2007. It's smart to 'percolate'. The Writer 120 (2):43.
Nelson, C. 2007. Faking It: History and Creative Writing. TEXT 11 (2).
Niederhoff, B. 2001. Focalization. In The living Handbook of Narratology, edited by P.
Hühn and e. al. Hamburg: Hamburg University Press.
Nieragden, G. 2002. Focalisation and Narration: Theoretical and Terminological
Refinements. Poetics Today 23 (4) (accessed 20/05/06).
Nowra, L. 2009. Allen & Unwin - Ice.
http://www.allenandunwin.com/default.aspx?page=94&book=9781741754834
(accessed 19/08/2010).
Nowra, L. 2009. Ice: A Love Story. Sydney: Allen & Unwin.
Nünning, A. 2001. On the Perspective Structure of Narrative Texts: Steps Toward a
Constructivist Narratology. In New Perspectives on Narrative Perspective, eds. W.
van Peer and S. Chatman, 207-224. Albany: State University of New York Press.
Nünning, A. 2003. Narratology or Narratologies? Taking Stock of Recent Developments,
Critique and Modest Proposals for Future Usages of the Term. In What is Narratology? Questions and Answers Regarding the Status of a Theory, eds. T.Kindt and H.-H. Müller. New York: Walter de Gruyter.
Nünning, A. 2004. Where Historiographic Metafiction and Narratology Meet: Towards an
Applied Cultural Narratology. Style 38 (3):352-375.
O'Farrell, C. 2005. Michel Foucault . London: Sage Publications.
Olton, R. 1979. Experimental Studies of Incubation: Searching for the Elusive. The Journalof Creative Behaviour 13 (1):9-22.
Ommundsen, W. 1993. Metafictions? Melbourne: Melbourne University Press.
8/16/2019 Thesis Historiographic Fiction
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-historiographic-fiction 187/192
187
Onega, S. 1996. “A Knack for Yarns”: The Narrativization of History and the End of
History. In Telling Histories: Narrativizing History, Historicizing Literature, ed. S.
Onega. Amsterdam: Rodopi.
O'Neill, P. 2005. Parallel and Multi-plot Narrative. In A companion to Narrative Theory,eds. J. Phelan and P. J. Rabinowitz. Malden, MA: Blackwell.
Orr, S. 2008. Razing Cain: Excess Signification in "Blood Simple" and "The Man WhoWasn't There" Post Script - Essays in Film and the Humanities 27 (2):8-22 (accessed
08/05/2010).
Osche, R. 1990. Before the gates of excellence : the determinants of creative genius.
Cambridge, NY: Cambridge University Press.
Packard, S. 2008. Two-dimensional narrative velocity. In Journal of Literary Semantics.
Palmer, W. 1975. The Fiction of John Fowles. Columbia: University of Missouri Press.
Parker, D. 2005. Inhabiting Multiple Worlds: Auto/biography in an (anti-)global Age.
Biography 28 (1):v-xv (accessed 19/05/2010).
Parmentier, R. a. G. U. ed. 1987. The Biographical Illusion. Edited. Vol. 14. Chicago:
Center for Psychological Studies.
Pelling, R. 2007. The Decadent Handbook for the Modern Libertine. Cambs: Dedalus.
Perkin. J.R. 2010. Imagining Henry: Henry James as a Fictional Character. Journal of
Modern Literature. 33 (2): 114-130.
Perry, G. 2007. History documents, arts reveals: Creative writing as research. In Practice as
research: Approaches to Creative Arts Enquiry, eds. E. Barrett and B. Bolt, 33-45.
London: I.B. Taurus.
Phelan, J. 2001. Why Narrators can be Focalizers - and Why It Matters. In New Perspectives
on Narrative Perspective, eds. W. van Peer and S. Chatman, 51-64. Albany: State of
New York University Press.
Pinderup, A. N., B. Nyamaa and W. Makridis. 2005. The Ugly Duckling, RoskildeUniversity. http://rudar.ruc.dk/bitstream/1800/884/4/The_ugly_duckling.pdf.
Pinto, S. 2010. Emotional histories and historical emotions: Looking at the past in historical
novels. Rethinking History 14 (2):189-207.
Plomley, N. 1967. Robinson, George Augustus (1791 - 1866).
http://adbonline.anu.edu.au/biogs/A020340b.htm (accessed 19/08/2010).
Pons, X. 2005. This Sad Pastiche: Texts and Contexts in Richard Flanagan's Gould's Book
of Fish. Commonwealth: Essays and Studies 28 (1):64-76.
8/16/2019 Thesis Historiographic Fiction
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-historiographic-fiction 188/192
188
Prince, G. 2000. On Narratology (Past, Present, Future). In The Narrative Reader, ed. M.
McQuillan. London: Routledge.
Prince, G. 2001. A Point of View on Refocusing Focalization. In New Perspectives on
Narrative Perspectives, eds. W. van Peer and S. Chatman, 43-50. Albany: State
University of New York Press.
Prince, G. 2007. On a Postcolonial Narratology. In Companion to Narrative Theory, eds. J.
Phelan and P. J. Rabinowitz, 372-381. Oxford: Wiley-Blackwell.
Prince, G. 2008. Classical and/or Postclassical Narratology. L'Esprit Créateur 48 (2):115-
123. http://muse.jhu.edu.ezp01.library.qut.edu.au.
Rabinowitz, P. 1977. Truth in Fiction: A Reexamination of Audiences. Critical Inquiry 4
(1):121-141 (accessed 18/05/2010).
Richardson, B. 2006. Unnatural Voices: Extreme Narration in Modern and Contemporary Fiction. Ohio: Ohio State University.
Richardson, B. and D. Herman. 1998. A Postclassical Narratology. PMLA 113 (2):288-290.
http://www.jstor.org/stable/463366.
Richardson, B. and D. Herman. 1998. A Postclassical Narratology. PMLA 113 (2):288-290.
http://www.jstor.org/stable/463366.
Richardson, S. 1996. Truth in the Tales of the Odyssey. Mnemosyne 49 (4):393-402.
Rimmon-Kenan, S. 1989. How the model neglects the medium: Linguistics, Language, and
the Crisis of Narratology. The Journal of Narrative Technique 19:157-166.
Robert, H. 2001. Jack Kerouac's Duluoz Legend: The Mythic Form of an Auto-biographical
Fiction. Biography 24 (2):499.
http://gateway.library.qut.edu.au/login?url=http://proquest.umi.com/pqdweb?did=77
226028&Fmt=7&clientId=14394&RQT=309&VName=PQD
Rose, P. 2008. Hot tale frozen in a perfect coma. The Australian.
Rotberg, R. 2010. Biography and Historiography: Mutual Evidentiary and InterdisciplinaryConsiderations. The Journal of Interdisciplinary History 40 (3):305-324 (accessed18/05/2010).
Rothenberg, A. 1990. Creativity and Madness: New Findings and Old Stereotypes.
Baltimore: The Johns Hopkins UP.
Rumsfeld, D. 2002. Dod News Briefing - Secretary Rumsfeld & Gen. Myers.
http://www.defenselink.mil/transcripts/transcript.aspx?transcriptid=2636 (accessed
27/01/2009).
Ryan, M.-L. 2009. Cheap Plot Tricks, Plot Holes, and Narrative Design. Narrative 17(1):56-75.
8/16/2019 Thesis Historiographic Fiction
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-historiographic-fiction 189/192
189
http://gateway.library.qut.edu.au/login?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?d
irect=true&db=afh&AN=35694341&site=ehost-live.
Saunders, D. 2003. Reckoning: Tories and Alliance join the Age of Retcon. The Globe and
Mail (accessed 21/05/2010).
Schofield, D. 1998. The Second Person: A Point of View? The Function of the Second-
Person Pronoun in Narrative Prose Fiction.
http://members.westnet.com.au/emmas/2p/thesis/0a.htm (accessed 20/07/2007).
Schon, D. 1983. The Reflective Practitioner: How Professionals Think in Action. USA:
Basic Books.
Schwalm, T. 2006. "Relax and Enjoy the Show": Circensian Animal Spaces in Australian
and Latin American Magical Realist Fiction. The Journal of Commonwealth
Literature 41 (3):83-102.
Schwandt, T. A. 2001. Dictionary of Qualitative Inquiry. London: Paul Chapman.
Schwandt, T. A. 2007. The SAGE Dictionary of Qualitative Inquiry. Thousand Oaks,
California: Sage Publications.
Schwarz, B. 2004. Media times/historical times. Screen 45 (2):93-105.
http://screen.oxfordjournals.org/content/45/2/93.short.
Seifert, C., D. Meyer, N. Davidson, A. Patalano and I. Yaniv. 1995. Demystification of
Cognitive Insight: Opportunistic Assimilation and the Prepared-mind Perspective. In
The Nature of Insight, eds. R. Sternberg and J. Davidson, 65-124. Cambridge: The
MIT Press.
Seymour, E. a. L. B. 2009. Reconstruction: Photography and History in E.L. Doctorow's
The March. Literature & History 18 (2):49-69 (accessed 19/10/2010).
Shen, D. 2001. Breaking Conventional Barriers: Transgressions of Modes of Focalization.
In New Perspectives of Narrative Perspective, eds. W. van Peer and S. Chatman,
159-172. Albany: State University of New York Press.
Shields, D. 2010. Reality Hunger: A Manifesto. USA: Alfred A. Knopf.
Shipway, J. 2003. Wishing for modernity: Temporality and desire in 'Gould's Book of Fish'
(Richard Flanagan). Australian Literary Studies 21 (1):43-53.
Sommer, R. 2004. Beyond (Classical) Narratology: New Approaches to Narrative Theory.
European Journal of English Studies 8 (1):3 - 11.
http://www.informaworld.com/10.1080/13825570408559485 (accessed 20/09/2010).
Sool, R. 2003. The Portrait of Henry James in Estonia(n). The Henry James Review 24
(3):244-249.
8/16/2019 Thesis Historiographic Fiction
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-historiographic-fiction 190/192
190
Sparshott, F. E. 1967. Truth in Fiction. The Journal Of Aesthetics and Art Criticism 26
(1):3-7 (accessed 19/05/2010).
Spencer, H. 1864. Principles of Biology. London: Williams and Norgate.
Spilka, M. 1973. Henry James and Walter Besant: "The Art of Fiction" Controversy. NOVEL: A Forum on Fiction 6 (2):101-119 (accessed 19/05/2010).
Stancombe, G. H. 1967. Scott, James (1790 - 1837).http://adbonline.anu.edu.au/biogs/A020385b.htm (accessed 13/09/2010).
Stanzel, F. K. 1986. A Theory of Narrative. Sydney: Cambridge University Press.
Starobinski, J. 1985. Montaigne in Motion. London: University of Chicago Press.
Stasi, P. n.d. "Nothing was Reconciled: Everything was Beautiful": Gould's Book of Fish
and the Critique of Colonial Modernity.http://www.habanaelegante.com/Spring_Summer_2010/Dossier_Stasi.html
(accessed 24/07/2010).
Sterne, L. 1759-1767. The Life and Times of Tristram Shandy, Gentleman Basingstoke:
Macmillan.
Stock, C. 2010. Aesthetic tensions: evaluating outcomes for practice-led research and
industry. TEXT (Special Issue No 8).
Sullivan, J. 2006. Making a Fiction of History... The Age.
Tagliere, J. 2009. How to Write about Family and Friends without Losing Them. The Writer 122 (10):13 (accessed 29/07/2010).
Tattersall, K. 2011. Personal Communication about Whaley. Knutsford.
Teo, S. 2005. In the Mood for Love. In Wong Kar-Wai. London: BFI.
Todorov, T. 1982. Theories of the Symbol . Trans. C. Porter. Ithaca, New York: Cornell
university Press.
Tunkel, N. 2007. Metafictional Historical Novels. Canadian Literature (194):105.http://gateway.library.qut.edu.au/login?url=http://proquest.umi.com/pqdweb?did=14
12128911&Fmt=7&clientId=14394&RQT=309&VName=PQD
Voltaire. 2005. Candide. London: Penguin.
Walden, G. 2002. Who’s a Dandy? London: Gideon Square Books.
Waldren, M. 2006. Award 'vindicates' writer's obsession - Murray Waldren - Literary editor.
Australian, The.
http://gateway.library.qut.edu.au/login?url=http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=anh&AN=200603151003424418&site=ehost-live.
8/16/2019 Thesis Historiographic Fiction
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-historiographic-fiction 191/192
191
Wallach, M. 2006. Meaning and Mystery: exploring the Creative Process. Advanced
Development 10.
Wallas, G. 1949. The Art of Thought . London: Watts.
Walsh, R. 2003. Fictionality and Mimesis: Between Narrativity and Fictional Worlds.
Narrative 11 (1):110-121.
Walter, P. R. 1999. Autobiographical fiction vs. fictional autobiography: Christa Wolf's
Kindheitsmuster and J. M. Coetzee's Foe. Comparative Literature Studies 36
(4):306.
http://gateway.library.qut.edu.au/login?url=http://proquest.umi.com/pqdweb?did=50
316864&Fmt=7&clientId=14394&RQT=309&VName=PQD
Walton, K. L. 1990. Mimesis as Make Believe: On the foundations of the Representational
Arts. London: Harvard University Press.
Ward, J. 1910. “SCALTHEEN” An Irish Drink. Notes and Queries s11-II (8).www.infotrieve.com/Ariel (accessed 09/10/2007).
Waugh, P. 1993. Metafiction: The Theory and Practice of Self-Conscious Fiction. London:
Routledge.
Weisberg, R. 2006. Creativity: Understanding Innovation in Problem-Solving, Science,
Invention, and the Arts. Hoboken, N.J.: Wiley.
Whaley, T. 1906. Buck Whaley’s Memoirs. Ed. E. Sullivan. London: Alexander Moring Ltd.
White, H. 1990. Introduction to Metahistory. In Literature in the Modern World: Critical
Essays and Documents, ed. D. Walter. New York: Oxford university Press.
White, H. 2004. The Fictions of Factual Representation. In Grasping the World: The Idea of
the Museum, ed. D. C. F. Preziosi. Burlington, VA: Ashgate.
Whitehead, J. J. M. 2006. Action Research. www.actionresearch.net (accessed 31/08/2007).
Winterson, J. 1997. Gut Symmetries. New York: Alfred A. Knopf.
Wolpert, S. 2010. Biography as History: A Personal Reflection. Journal of Interdisciplinary
History 40 (3):399-412 (accessed 18/5/2010).
Wood, M. 1998. Children of Silence: On Contemporary Fiction. New York: Columbia
University Press.
Wood, M. 2006. The Drama of Creation: Writers on Writing .
Zarnowski, M. 1988. Learning about Fictionalized Biographies: A Reading and Writing
Approach. The Reading Teacher 42 (2):136.
8/16/2019 Thesis Historiographic Fiction
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/thesis-historiographic-fiction 192/192
http://gateway.library.qut.edu.au/login?url=http://proquest.umi.com/pqdweb?did=17
81638&Fmt=7&clientId=14394&RQT=309&VName=PQD